IN MEMORIAM 
 BERNARD MOSES 
 

 • 9 • • 
 
 > • »• , 
 
 
The Legazpi-Urdaneta Monument, Manila. 
 
A SHORT 
 
 i 
 
 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 For Use in Ellementary ScKools 
 
 PRESCOTT F. JERNEGAH A.B. 
 
 TeaclTLer of Philippine History 
 PKilippine Normal Sclaool, Majnila 
 
 WITH ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 VAN BUSKIEK, CROOK & CO. 
 
 Ma-nila, p. I. 
 
iSfcAJ^AHO KSOSES 
 
 
AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED 
 
 TO MY 
 
 FORMER PUPILS 
 
 IN 
 
 VIGAN, BATAC C^ MANILA 
 
 794136 
 
tSERVATtW 
 PY ADDED 
 iG<NALTOB£ 
 TAINS) 
 CT041994 
 
preface:. 
 
 This work is intended to furnish the material for an 
 elementary course in Philippine history for Filipino 
 students in the most advanced primary grade. Although 
 written for children, the work will be found to present 
 most of the leading events and principles of the history 
 of the Philippines. The writer is in sympathy with Prof. 
 Channing, of Harvard University, who says, " The study of 
 the history of one's own country is a serious matter, and 
 
 should be entered upon by the text book writer 
 
 in a serious spirit, even to a greater extent than the study 
 of language or of arithmetic." This statement would 
 seem to be doubly true for Filipino children, whose coun- 
 try is passing through political, social and religious changes 
 of the utmost historical significance. Most Filipino young 
 people will read, probably, only one or two works on the 
 history of the Philippines. It is therefore thought desir- 
 able that one of these be an attempt to set forth consecu- 
 tively the main facts of that history, together with some 
 explanation of their underlying forces. 
 
VI PREFACE 
 
 The period to 1660 occupies nearly one half of the book. 
 For two centuries after that date there is Httle in Phihp- 
 pine history that was not present, in principle, in the 
 foundations laid by the Spanish conquerors. The chapters 
 relating to this epoch (I-XIV) discuss the material topically 
 rather than chronologically. It is believed that such 
 themes as the galleon trade, Moro piracy, the "en- 
 comienda " system, and others, gain in clearness and 
 interest by this method of treatment. The events related 
 in the remaining chapters are given in the sequence of 
 time. 
 
 Necessarily, in so short a work, there are many omis- 
 sions. The principle which has governed in the selection 
 of events has been the growth of the Filipinos towards 
 civilization and self-government. For this reason the 
 social condition of the Filipino peoples at the time of the 
 Spanish conquest receives relatively full treatment, as 
 furnishing data for the explanation of subsequent changes. 
 An effort has been made to explain, in an elementary 
 way, the origin and results of all the more important 
 revolts against Spanish rule. Along with this is given 
 some account of the agricultural and commercial develop- 
 ment of the Islands. Thus the struggle to live and the 
 strife for freedom are the two underlying themes of the 
 book. 
 
 The author is fully sensible of the difficulty of writing 
 in a field in which so little critical work has been done, 
 and in which access to contemporaneous accounts is often 
 impossible. Further, many of the questions with which 
 Philippine history is concerned are darkened by bitter 
 
PREFACE Vll 
 
 controversies, religious a»id political, extending to the pres- 
 ent day. It is quite possible, therefore, that errors of fact 
 or of judgment have crept into these lessons. In a land 
 jarred by the shock of many conflicting nationalities, 
 where a new political structure is rearing itself from the 
 ashes of the old, it cannot be expected that the past will 
 have the same message for all. For these reasons the 
 writer will consider it a favor if those who read these 
 pages will point out to him any statements which they 
 may consider erroneous. 
 
 It is not proposed to present here a complete list of the 
 authorities upon which this book in based. In large 
 raeasuue it has been written from the original sources, 
 including Pigafetta, Chirino, De Morga, Zufiiga, and 
 many others. The author desires to express his special 
 obligation to the Historia General de Filvpinas, of Mon- 
 tero y Vidal, and to the documents reproduced in volumes 
 I-X of ** The Philippine Islands 1493-1898 " Blair and 
 Eobertson. The former is the only history of the Philip- 
 pines in Spanish covering the field from the earliest to 
 modern times. From the invaluable collection of Blair 
 and Eobertson most of the quotations relating to the 
 period 1493-1600 have been taken ; in a few cases with 
 a modification of the phraseology of the translation for 
 the sake of simpHcity of style. 
 
 The appearance of this work in its present form is due 
 to the pressure of an immediate demand. It is expected 
 that later a more complete edition will appear with a 
 suitable equipment of maps and illustrations. 
 
 It is impossible to mention by name all of the many 
 
VIII PREFACE 
 
 friends to whom the author is indebted for suggestions 
 and encouragement. Thanks are particularly due to Mr. 
 Emerson Christie and Mr. H. Lawrence Noble, of the 
 Philippine Bureau of Education, for valuable assistance 
 in preparing the manuscript for the press. 
 
 THE AUTHOB. 
 
 Manila, June, 1904. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTEE I. 
 
 THE FILIPINO KACES. 
 
 rage 
 Resources of the Philippines— The Study of History — The First 
 
 Inhabitants— The First Malays— The Igorrotes— Head-hunt- 
 ing— The Place of Woman— Tiie Cultured Malays— The 
 Moros — The Eeligion of Mahomet— Character of the Moros 
 — Summary 1 
 
 CHAPTFE II. 
 
 LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 
 Village Government — Life in Ancient Times— War and Robbery 
 — The Headmen — The Freemen — Slaves — Causes of Enslave- 
 ment — Semi-slavery — The Slave Traffic— Crimes and Their 
 Punishment — Kinds of Punishment— Discovery of a Thief— 
 Dress and Ornaments — Tattooing — Weapons — Commerce — 
 Writing — Education and Civilization — Amusements— Mar- 
 riage Customs— The Marriage Ceremony —Religion 8 
 
 CHAPTEE III. 
 THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT FILIPINOS. 
 
 Religious Chants— The Great God— The Worship of Anitos— 
 Household Gods— Nature Spirits — Prayers — Good and Bad 
 Anitos— Heaven — The Soul — Priests and Priestesses— Con- 
 dnsion 19 
 
 CHAPTEE IV. 
 
 THE DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 European Trade with the East — A Sea Route from Europe to 
 
 India — Ferdinand Magellan — The Demarcation Lines — 
 
 Magellan and Charles I — Magellan Sails— Wreck and Dcser- 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Page 
 
 tion— Tlie Pacific— Discovery of the Piiillppines— First Mass 
 in the Pliilippines— Magellan at Cebu— Baptism of the 
 Cebuans— Death of Magellan — Massacre of Spaniards at 
 Cebti— Elcano Sails Around the Globe—Arrival of the 
 "Victoria"— Demarcation Line of 1529— Expedition of 
 Villalobos — The Portuguese in the Philippines 24 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 TJie King's Command— Andres de Urdaneta— Legazpi— Plan of 
 the Supreme Court— The Voyage of Legazpi— Arrival in the 
 Philippines— The Settlement of Cebi'i— The Holy Child of 
 Cebti — Legazpi's Treatment of the Cebuans— Religious Cus- 
 toms of the Cebuans— Legazpi and the Portuguese— Legazpi 
 " Adelantado "—Expedition to Luzon— Juan de Salcedo— 
 The Capture of Manila— Legazpi Founds Manila— The 
 Building of the City— Death of Legazpi— Conquest of Luzon 
 by Salcedo— Salcedo in Southern Luzon 34 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 THE ENCOMENDEROS AND THE FRIARS. 
 
 Poverty of the Victors— The " Encomiendas " and "Encomen- 
 deros"— 'The Tribute— Evils of the Encomienda System- 
 Unjust Taxes -The First Revolts— The Protest of Rada— 
 Answer of Lavezaris— King Philip Forbids Encomiendas — 
 Oppression of the Encomenderos— Progress of Religion — The 
 Encomiendas in 1591— The Pope Forbids Slavery— The 
 Arrival of the Friars -Character of the Early Friars — AVhat 
 the Friars Taught— The First Spanish Schools— Reasons for 
 the Rapid Conversion of the Filipinos— Summary 45 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 THE REPULSE OF LIMAPIONG. 
 
 Lavezaris Governor — Distress of the Spaniards— Limahong — The 
 First Attack— The Chinese Soldiers— Repulse of the Chinese 
 
CONTENTS XI 
 
 rage 
 —The Second Attack— Revolt of the Filipinos— Limahong 
 
 in Pangasinan — Salcedo Expels Limahong 56 
 
 CHAPTEE VIII. 
 DREAMS OF CONQUEST. 
 De Sande Governor— De Sande Rebuilds Manila— Ambitions of 
 De Sande— Conquest of Brunei— Dreams of Conquest— Better 
 Days— Ronquillo de Penalosa Governor — The "Residencia" 
 — Union of Portugal with Spain —Expeditions to Borneo and 
 Ternate — Japanese Pirates— The Filipinos' Part in Spanish 
 Conquests 61 
 
 CHAPTEE IX. 
 
 SALAZAR AND DE VERA. 
 
 The First Bishop of Manila— De Vera Acting-governor— Scarcity 
 of Food — Insurrection in Pampanga— Deeds of De Vera — 
 Cost of the Conquest— Aims of Spain in the Conquest— The 
 Glory of Empire— The Triumph of the Cross— Philip III 
 and Moraga — The Memorial to the King— Reform Decree 
 of 1589 68 
 
 CHAPTEE X. 
 
 A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 
 G6mez P^rez Das Marinas— Spain's Treatment of the Filipinos— 
 Salazar's Opinion of the Governors — Neglect of Religious 
 Instruction— Das Marinas' Opinion of the Friars — The 
 Friars as Merchants — Restitution to the Filipinos by tlie 
 Conquerors — Building of the Walls of Manila — Decay of the 
 Cotton Industry— A Change for the Worse— Conquest of 
 Zambales — The Great Fleet — Death of Das Marinas — Manila 
 in Das Marinas' Time 75 
 
 CHAPTEE XI. 
 
 THE VOYAGES OF THE GALLEONS. 
 
 The Chinese Trade — Commerce with Mexico— No Room for 
 Filipinos — The Galleons— The Voyage Across the Pacific— 
 
XII CONTENTS 
 
 Page 
 Arrival of the Galleon— Loss of the Galleons— Capture of the 
 
 " Sancta Ana "-The Koyal Subsidy 83 
 
 CHAPTEK XII. 
 THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 
 The Dutch Conquer the Moluccas— Antonio de Morga— The 
 Defeat of Van Noort— The Dutch as Colonizers — Acuiia's 
 Expedition— The Battle of Mariveles— Silva's Great Fleet— 
 The Battle of Playa Honda -Attack on Cavite — Massacre of 
 Abucay— Defeat of the Dutch— Filipino Loyalty 88 
 
 CHAPTEE XIII. 
 THE CHINESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 
 
 Arrival of the Chinese — The Alcayceria and the Parian— Chinese 
 Christians— The Three Mandarins— Chinese Revolt of 1603 
 -Defeat of the Chinese— Revolt of 1639— The Chinese 
 Question 96 
 
 CHAPTEK XIV. 
 
 THE MORO PIRATES. 
 
 Summary — The Moro Pirates— Spaniards Fail to Destroy Piracy 
 — A Raid on the Visayans — Acuiia and the Pirates — Battle 
 of " Punta de Flechas " — Treaties with the Moros— Concen- 
 tration of Villages— Arming the Filipinos — Selfishness of the 
 Alcaldes— Brave Defenders— An Unequal Battle — The Coast 
 Guard Towers— The Story of Ali-Mudin—Conversion of the 
 Sultan— Treachery of Ali-Mudin — Lessons of this Story — 
 The High Tide of Piracy— The Scourge of the Pirates ... 101 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 FORCED LABOR AND INSURRECTION. 
 
 The Dark Century — The Labor Tax-Alonso Fajardo— Insurrec- 
 tion in Bohol and Leyte—Bancao— Death of Fajardo — 
 Tabora Governor — Public Works— Diego Fajardo — Earth- 
 quake of 1645— Insurrection of 1660 -Revolt in Ilocos ... 112 
 
CONTENTS XIII 
 
 CHAPTEE XVI. 
 THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHUECH AND STATE. 
 
 Page 
 Introductory— Two Kinds of Courts — Tlie Case of Nava — The 
 
 Law of Kefuge — The Pope's Jubilee — The Inquisition in the 
 
 Philippines— Diego de Salcedo — De Vargas and Pardo — The 
 
 Friars' Lands— Bustaraente and the Friars— Bustamente 
 
 Fortifies Zamboanga — Arrest of the Archbishop— Death of 
 
 Bustamente — Archbishop Cuesta Governor 118 
 
 CHAPTEE XVII. 
 
 THE END OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. 
 
 Fausto Cruzat y Gongora Governor — "Ordinances of Good 
 Government " — Evil Days — Manila and the Provinces — The 
 " Laws of the Indies "—What the Filipinos did 129 
 
 CHAPTEE XVIII. 
 
 THE BEITISH INVASION AND ITS RESULTS. 
 
 The Mysterious Fleet — Landing of the British — The Bonibard- 
 ment-^The " Philipino "—Death of an Officer— Desertion of 
 the Filipinos— The Capture of Manila— The Surrender— The 
 Sack of the City— Simon de Anda y Salazar— Campaign of 
 Backhouse—Restoration of Spanish Rule — Effects of the 
 Invasion — Revolt in Pangasinan — Diego Silan — Silan in 
 Power — Alliance with the British — Death of Silan — A Fresh 
 Outbreak— Why the Revolts Failed 135 
 
 CHAPTEE XIX. 
 THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 
 
 Governorship of Anda — Anda a Modern Man— The Teaching of 
 Spanish — Death of Anda — Vasco and Agriculture — Why 
 Java Prospered— The Tobacco Monopoly — " Royal Com- 
 pany of the Philippines " — Sociedad Economka de Amigos del 
 Pa(s — Vargas Resigns — Industry Better then Conquest — 
 Rafael de Aguilar Governor— Aguilar and Foreigners — 
 Progress of the Filipinos 145 
 
XIV CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 
 
 Page 
 
 Napoleon Conquers Spain— First Filipino Deputies — The Con- 
 stitution of 1812 — Publication of the Constitution — Restora- 
 tion of Fernando VII— Revolt in Ilocos Norte— Oppression 
 of the Poor— The Constitution Renewed— The School of 
 Freedom — Reconmiendations of the Deputies — End of Rep- 
 resentation in the Cortes 154 
 
 CHAPTEE XXI. 
 REBELIJON AND REFORM. 
 
 The Mutiny of Novales— Suppression of the Revolt — Manuel 
 Ricafort Governor — The Rebellion of Dagohoy — An Inde- 
 pendent People — The New Pueblos — Pascual Enrile Governor 
 — Advantages of Good Roads — Kinds of Rebellion — The 
 Revolt of the Cofradia — Destruction of the Gofmida 160 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 
 
 Changes of Governors — Character of the Spanish Officials — I'he 
 Friars and the Governors — Effect of Travel and Commerce 
 — Narciso Claveria Governor — Reformation of the Calendar 
 — Surnames of the Filipinos — First Steamers in the Philip- 
 pines — The Alcaldes-mayor —GiiinH of the Alcaldes— Conquest 
 of Jolo— Treaty with the Sultan— The First Philippine Bank 
 — The Next Ten Years— Return of the Jesuits— Reforms 
 in Education— Educational Decree of 1863— Earthquake of 
 1863 168 
 
 CHAPTEE XXIII. 
 
 THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 
 
 Revolution in Spain — Carlos de la Torre Governor— Sefiora de 
 Sanchiz— " Guias de Torre"— The Red Ribbon— Spread of 
 Republicanism— The Meaning of Freedom— Rafael dc 
 
CONTENTS XV 
 
 Page 
 Izquierdo Governor — Tlie Cavite Insurrection — Cause of the 
 
 Insurrection — Burgos, Zaniora and Gomez — The Execution — 
 
 The " Mailed Hand " ... 179 
 
 CHAPTEE XXIV. 
 
 PEACE AND PKOGEESS. 
 
 Peace— Comraercial Growth— The Works of the Port — End of 
 the Tobacco Monopoly — Municipal Councils — Progress in 
 Education 187 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 THE LAST STKUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN, 
 
 New Leaders — The Secret Societies — JosdKizal — Calamba Lands 
 Trouble — Banishment of Rizal — Deatli of Rizal — Discovery 
 of the Plot— The Else of Aguinaldo— The Rebellion in the 
 North — Campaign of Polaviej a— Spread of the Insurrection 
 — The Right to Revolt — Rivera's Campaign — A'atipunan 
 Proclamation of 1897 — Treaty of Biac-na-haio — Departure 
 of Aguinaldo — Broken Promises — RenewaV of the Insurrec- 
 tion 192 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 
 
 Cuba and the United States — The Cuban Rebellion— Destruc- 
 tion of the "Maine" — The President and Congress— The 
 Battle of Manila Bay -Effect in Manila of Dewey's Victory 
 — Renewal of the Insurrection — Why Dewey Remained in 
 the Philippines — Aguinaldo Dictator— The Revolutionary 
 Government— The Taking of Manila -The Treaty of Paris... 201 
 
 CHAPTE XXVII. 
 
 MONARCHY OR REPUBLIC. 
 
 The Effect of Distance — Monarchy or Republic— A Filipino 
 Republic Impossible — Unity First Necessary- The Insurrec- 
 tion Against the Americans — Martial Law 208 
 
XVI CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTEK XXVIII. 
 THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 
 
 Page 
 William II. Taft Governor— The Policy of McKinley— The 
 
 "Philippines for the Filipinos" — The Educational System 
 
 — Filipino Students in America — Agriculture, Industry and 
 
 Commerce — Governor Wright and the Future 214 
 
IMPORTANT DATES IN PHILIPPINE 
 HISTORY. 
 
 A.D. 
 
 1205. First mention of the Philippines in a book (Chinese). 
 
 1493. Pope Alexander VI establishes first demarcation line. 
 
 1498. Vasco da Gama reaches India via Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 1511. Albuquerque conquers Malacca (Two boats from Luzon seen 
 there). 
 
 1518. Magellan signs contract with Charles I, of Spain. 
 
 1519. August 10. Magellan's fleet sails from Spain. 
 
 1520. November 1 . Discovery of " Strait of Magellan ". 
 
 1521. March 16. Magellan discovers the Philippines 
 
 (coast of Samar). March 17 lands on Homonhon. Celebrates 
 first mass March 31, island of Limasaua. Is slain at Mactan 
 April 26. 
 
 1522. Septembers. "Victoria" arrives at San Lucar (first voyage 
 around the world). 
 
 1525. Loaisa's expedition sails from Spain for the Philippines. 
 1527. Saavedra's expedition fails from Mexico for the Philippines 
 
 and in 1529 rescues 120 survivors of former expeditions. 
 1529. Charles I sells to Portugal his claim to the Moluccas for 
 
 350,000 ducats. Demarcation line established 297 leagues 
 
 east of the Moluccas. 
 1538. The Portuguese governor of the Moluccas sends a friar to 
 
 Mindanao. Many natives baptized. 
 
 1542. November 1. Expedition of Villalobos sails from Navidad, 
 Mexico. 
 
 1543. July or August. Villalobos gives the name "Felipinas" to 
 Leyte and some smaller islands. 
 
 1555-159^^^ Philip II King of Spain. 
 
 1564. November 21. Legazpi's expedition sails from Navidad, 
 Mexico. 
 
XVIII IMPORTANT DATES 
 
 1565. February 13. Legazpi ariives at Cebu. lie settles 
 
 here April 27, and governs the Philippines till his death in 
 
 1572. 
 1568, October to December. A Portuguese fleet blockades Cebti, and 
 
 demands departure of the Spaniards. 
 1570. May 8. De Goiti and Salcedo sail from the River of Panay 
 
 for Manila. 
 
 1570. June 6. De Goiti and Salcedo capture Manila and take for- 
 mal possession of Luzon. They immediately return to Panay. 
 
 1571. June 24. Legazpi organizes city council of 
 Manila. 
 
 1571-1572. Juan de Salcedo explores and subdues Laguna, Gamarines, 
 and the coast of northern Luzon. 
 
 1572. August 20. Legazpi dies at Manila. 
 
 1572-1575. Guido de Lavezaris Governor. 
 
 1574. Limahong attacks Manila. 
 
 1575-1580. Francisco de Sande Governor. 
 
 1577. Franciscan friars arrive 
 
 1578. Figueroa attacks Mindanao and Jol6. 
 1580-1583. Ronquillo de Fenalosa Governor. 
 
 1580. Philip II conquers Portugal. Union of Spain and 
 Portugal till 1640. 
 
 1581^ Domingo Salazar, first bishop of Manila, arrives; also the 
 Jesuit friars. 
 
 1584-1590. Santiago de Vera Governor. 
 
 1584. Supreme Court established in the Philippines. 
 
 1587. Dominican friars arrive. 
 
 1588. Insurrection in Leyte. 
 
 1589. Keform decree enacted for Philippines by Philip IL 
 
 1590-1503. Gomez Perez Das Mi^rifias Governor. Walls 
 
 of Manila and Cavite, and Fort Santiago built. 
 
 1593-1596. Luis Perez Das Marinas Governor, 
 1595-1596. Antonio de Morga Judge and Lieutenant- 
 governor. 
 
IMPORTANT DATES XIX 
 
 1599. Large nnmbera of Moro pirates attack (Jebu, Negros and 
 Panay. 
 
 1600. De Morga defeats Dutch fleet in Manila Bay, Deceml)er 14. 
 1602-1606. Bravo de Acuna Governor. 
 
 1603. Revolt of the Chinese in Manila. 
 
 1606. Acuna's expedition against the Molucc;\s. Tidor and Ternate 
 
 captured. 
 1606. Recollect friars arrive. 
 
 1609-1616. Juan de Silva Governor. 
 
 1610. Dutch, under Wittert defeated in naval battle offCorregidor. 
 
 1616. Great expedition of Silva to Malacca. Death of Silva. 
 
 1617. Naval battle of Playa Honda. Ronquillo defeats Spielberg. 
 
 1618-1624. Alonso Fajardo Governor. 
 
 1619. Fernando Moraga persuades Philip III to keep the Philip- 
 pines. 
 1021-1622. Revolts in Bohol and Leyte. Death of Bancao. 
 1624. Geronimo de Silva defeats seven Dutch ships offCorregidor. 
 
 1626-1632. Juan Nino de Tabora Governor. He brought 
 
 600 soldiers and the " Virgin of Antipolo ". 
 
 1627. Alcalde of Cebii captures town of Jolo and many Moro boats. 
 
 1628. Large force of Spaniards and Filipinos attack Jol6 and are 
 repulsed. Treaty with king of Mindanao. 
 
 1631. Stone bridge built across the River Pasig. 
 
 1634. Force of 15,000 Moro pirates ravages the Visayas and sacks 
 capital of Tayabas. 
 
 1635-1644. Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera Governor. 
 
 1635. Juan de Chaves with large force establishes fort at Zamboanga. 
 
 1638. Corcuera subdues Jolo, establishing a mission and a garrison. 
 
 1639. Revolt of the Chinese breaks out in Calamba, lasting five 
 months. 
 
 1641. Three volcanic outbursts in Aringay (Union prov.), Mindanao 
 (Sanguil) and Jolo. 
 
 1644-1653. Diego Fajardo Governor. 
 
 1645. Earthquake destroys hundreds of houses and persons in 
 
 Manila. 
 1647. Dutch attack Cavite, then Abucay, but are driven ofl'. 
 
XX IMPOETANT DATES 
 
 1049. Insurrection under Sumoroy in Saraar. 
 
 1653-1GG3. Sabiniano Manrique de Lara Governor. 
 
 1600. Insurrection in Panipanga. 
 
 1602. Koxinga, Chinese pirate, threatens to invade Philippines from 
 Formosa. Garrison withdrawn from Zamboanga. 
 
 1663-1668. Diego Salcedo Governor. Deposed by conspira- 
 tors in 1668. 
 1678-1684. Juan de Vargas Governor. Felipe Pardo arch- 
 bishop (1676-1683). 
 1690-1701. Fausto Cruzat y Gongora Governor. 
 
 1696. " Ordinances of Good Government". 
 3697. Bitter quarrel about friars' lands. 
 
 1717-1719. Fernando Manuel de Bustamente Governor 
 
 1718. Eustamente re-establishes garrison at Zamboanga. 
 
 1719. Assassination of Bustamente. 
 1726. Treaty with sultan of Jolo. 
 
 1734. Concentration of villages and building of coast forts as protec- 
 tion against the Moros. 
 
 1739-1745. Gaspar de la Torre Governor. 
 
 1745-1750. Juan de Arrechederra Acting-governor. 
 
 1746. At request of Philip V ambassadors sent to Ali-Mudin. 
 
 1750. Revolt under Dagohoy in Bohol. 
 
 1754. Worst year of Moro piracy. Scores of towns attacked. 
 
 1754-1759. Pedro Manuel de Arandia Governor. In- 
 augurates many reforms. 
 1754. Terrible eruption of Taal Volcano. 
 
 1759-1761. Miguel Lino de Ezpeleta Acting-governor 
 
 (first Philippine born governor). 
 
 1761-1762. Archbishop Manuel Eojo Acting-governor. 
 
 1762. Capture of Manila by the British.- 
 
 1762-1764. Simon de Anda y Salazar Governor (in the 
 
 provinces). 
 1764. March 31. Anda receives Manila from the Eritisli. 
 1762-1763, Insurrections in Pangasinan, Ilocos and Cagayan. 
 
IMPOETANT DATES XXI 
 
 1765-1770. Jose de Eaon Governor. 
 
 1766. The " Buen Consejo" arrives at Manila. Opening of direct 
 commerce with Spain. 
 
 1763. '^ Jesuits expelled from the Philippines by order of 
 
 Charles III. 
 
 1770-1776. Simon de Anda y Salazar Governor. 
 1778-1787. Jose de Vasco y Vargas Governor. Silk 
 
 culture introduced. 
 1781. •' Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pafs " created. 
 
 1781. Government Tobacco Monopoly begun. 
 
 1785. Royal Philippine Company established by Charles III. 
 
 1793-1806. Eafael Maria de Aguilar Governor. 
 
 1800. Foreigners forbidden to settle in the Philippines. 
 
 1810-1813. Manuel Gonzalez de Aguilar Governor. 
 
 1810. Spanish Cortes authorizes deputies from the 
 Philippines. 
 
 Ventura de los Beyes elected first Philippine deputy to 
 Cortes. 
 
 1811. First newspaper published in Manila. 
 
 1813. Constitution of 1812 proclaimed and sworn in the Philippines. 
 
 1814. Great eruption of Mayon Volcano. 
 
 1814. Constitution revoked. Kevolt in Ilocos Norte. 
 
 1815. Koyal decree suppressing galleons. 
 
 1815. Many Moro raids; 1000 Filipinos sold as slaves in Jol6. 
 
 1816-1822. Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras Acting- 
 governor (second term). 
 
 1819. Province of Ilocos Norte established (decree of 1818). 
 
 1820. Cholera epidemic in Manila. Massacre of foreigners (French, 
 English and American). 
 
 1823. Eebellion of Novales. Moro raids threaten extinction of 
 Visayans. 
 
 1825-1830. Mariano Eicafort Governor. 
 
 1827. Expedition suppresses rebellion in Bohol begun by Dagohoy 
 in 1750. 
 
XXII IMPORTANT DATES 
 
 1829. Expedition against the Igorrotes. Battle at Trinidad, 
 Benguet. 
 
 1830-1835 . Pascual Enrile Governor. New maps and charts 
 
 of the Philippines made, and the great north and south high- 
 ways of Luzon built. 
 
 1837. End of Philippine representation in the Cortes. 
 1836-1841. Luis La.rdizabal Governor. 
 
 1841. Insurrection under Apolinario de la Cruz. 
 
 1844-1849. Narciso Claveria Governor. 
 
 1845. Jan. I. Keformation of the calendar. 
 
 1846. Province of Abra created. First daily paper, '* La Esperanza". 
 
 1848. First steamers in Philippines, "Elcano", "Magal- 
 
 lanes " and " Keina Cristhia ". 
 1850-1853. Antonio de Urbistondo Governor. Province 
 
 of La Union created 1851. Conquest of Jolo. Treaty with 
 the sultan. 
 1852. Opening of the " Banco Espanol-Filipino ". 
 
 1858. Expedition to Cochin-China in alliance with the French. 
 1500 Tagalogs participate. 
 
 1859. Keturn of the Jesuits to the Philippines. 
 
 1863. Decrtee allowing foreigners to travel and trade in the 
 provinces. June 3. Most destructive earthquake in history of 
 Manila. December 20. Eoyal decree on education. 
 
 1864. Bilibid Prison completed; its architect was imprisoned in it. 
 1867. Sept. 26-7. Great flood in Abra Biver; 1800 persons drowned. 
 
 1869-1871. Carlos de la Torre Governor. 
 
 1869. New Constitution sworn in Manila. " Bed ribbon reception". 
 1871-1872. Eafael de Izquierdo Governor. 
 
 1872. Insurrection of Cavite. Execution of Gomez, 
 Burgos and Zamora. 
 
 1873. First telegraph lines built in Philippines. 
 
 1880-1883. Fernando Pri mo deKivera Governor. 
 
 1881. Government Tobacco Monopoly abolished. 
 
 1882. Cholera epidemic. 30,000 deaths in Province of Manila. 
 
IMPORTANT DATES XXIII 
 
 1883. Forced labor tax reduced from forty days to fifteen. Cedulas- 
 personales established to take place of tribute. 
 
 1886. Appointment of eighteen civil governors of provinces in place 
 of alcaldes-mayor. 
 
 1886-1891. Valeriano Weyler Governor. 
 
 1891. Opening of railroad, Manila to Calumpit. 
 1892-1896. Josd Rizal exiled at Dap i tan. 
 1893. Reforms in municipal councils. 
 
 1893-1896. Kamon Blanco Governor. 
 1896. Tagalog insurrection breaks out. 
 1896-1897. Marquis de Polavieja Governor. 
 
 1896. Dec. 30. Execution of Jose Kizal, 
 1897-1898. Primo de Eivera Governor (second term). 
 
 1897. Sept. 19. Agreement of Biac-nu-bato. 
 
 1898. May 1. Destruction of Spanish fleet off Cavite by 
 Dewey. 
 
 1898. August 13. Capture of Manila by the Americans. 
 
 1898. December 10. Treaty of Paris signed. Spain cedes 
 Philippines to America. 
 
 1901. July 4 . William H. Taf t inaugurated Civil Governor 
 of the Philippines. 
 
 1904. February 1. Luke E. Wright inaugurated Gov- 
 ernor. 
 
CHAPTER I, 
 
 THE FILIPINO RACES. 
 
 Eesources of the Philippines.— Nature has made it 
 easy to live in the Philippine Islands. There is plenty 
 of rich land for all who are willing to cultivate it. There 
 is no month when some fruit does not ripen. There 
 is no season when one may not sow or reap some crop. 
 Thousands of horses and cattle could feed on rich pastures 
 that now lie unused. The seas and rivers of the Philip- 
 pines are full of fish. There are few lands where food is 
 more easily obtained. 
 
 Yet after all the centuries that have passed since men 
 first lived in these Islands, their people are few and poor. 
 Most of its rich soil the plough has never turned. The 
 wealth of its forests and mines waits for a hand to gather 
 it. In other lands, whose soil is stiff with frost half the 
 year, the barns are filled with the harvest. In countries 
 where men must hew their houses from the rocks and 
 dig their fuel from the earth men have built fair cities. 
 In the Philippines the towns are groups of frail huts, the 
 prey of fire and storm. 
 
 The Study of History. — There are reasons why the 
 lands of the Filipinos lie idle and the people struggle with 
 
2 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 poverty. The study of history explains these reasons. 
 It makes clear to the children of today the meaning of 
 their country's past. It points out the path to he 
 followed in the future. The history of the PhiHppines 
 begins with the st'ady of the first men who made this land 
 their home. 
 . The First Inhabitants.— The first people who lived 
 in these Islands w^ere the Negritos. These are the little 
 black savages who now dwell in the mountains. Most 
 of them are less than five feet tall. They have woolly 
 hair, thick lips and broad noses. Clad in little or no 
 clothing, they wander from place to place. A mat of 
 grass thrown over a few poles makes them a house. 
 They hunt deer and wild hogs, catch birds and fish, and 
 raise mountain rice. 
 
 Most of the Negritos live in the mountains of Luzon, 
 Negros and Panay. They do not love towns, churches 
 or any of the ways of the Christian Fihpinos. Once an 
 archbishop of Manila reared a Negrito boy, and taught 
 him to read. He was nearly ready to become a priest. 
 One day he could not be found. He had fled to the 
 rocks and woods of his babyhood to live with the birds 
 and the beasts. 
 
 No one knows when or how the Negritos came here. 
 The traditions of the Filipinos say that when the lowland 
 tribes arrived the Negritos were the only dwellers in the 
 Islands. At that time they lived on the plains. Because 
 these Negritos refused to become friends of the new 
 arrivals, they were driven to the mountains. When the 
 wilderness is cleared away and the game gone from the 
 
THE FILIPINO BACES 3 
 
 forests, the Negritos will become civilized or perish. 
 Every race which lives beside a v/iser and stronger race 
 must learn to live wisely and well, or else it dies. 
 
 The First Malays.— While the little Negritos were 
 still living in the valleys and plains a strange people came 
 to their shores. They came sailing up from the south. 
 
 At first the Negritos fought the strangers. Then more 
 of the boats and the brown men came till the timid blacks 
 climbed into the mountains to hide and hunt. 
 
 The men from the south were Malays. They probably 
 came from Sumatra, or the Malay Penisula. These early 
 comei-s were not much more civilized than the Negritos. 
 Sometimes they married with these, and lived in peace. 
 There are wild tribes in Mindoro and Paragua which are 
 thought to be a mixture of Malays and Negritos. 
 
 There are many of these half savage peoples in the 
 Philippines. They speak different dialects. They do not 
 dress the same. Their customs are not all alike. Yet the 
 wild tribes are more like each other than they are like the 
 Christian tribes. So we think that they came here at 
 about the same time, and we call them the First Malays. 
 
 The Igorrotes — The First Malays did not all arrive 
 at the same time. They were like the waves of the sea, 
 alike, but coming one after the other. ' Among the 
 strongest and most numerous of these tribes were the 
 Igorrotes. Nearly all of these hve today in the mountains 
 of Northern Luzon. Most of them dwell in houses built 
 of boards cut from the great pine trees. They cultivate 
 their fields carefully, bringing the water in long canals 
 from the mountains. The men are strong and well 
 
4 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 shaped. They carry heavy loads on their backs all day 
 over the mountains. They have many savage customs. 
 
 Head Hunting. — An old custom of the Igorrotes is 
 to cut off the heads of their enemies. They do this not 
 only in war but also at other times. When one of their 
 number falls ill, or dies, they sometimes slay the first 
 wayfarer from a strange town. They believe that the 
 strength of the murdered person pisses into the body of 
 the sick. They think also that the death of the stranger 
 pleases the spirit of their dead companion. This custom 
 of the Igorrotes is dying out under the strong rule of 
 America. In the old days it was very common among 
 all the wild tribes. The people of the coast feared the 
 savage mountaineers. They paid them rice every year, 
 as a tribute, that they might not be attacked. 
 
 The Place of Woman.— Woman has a very low 
 place among these wild tribes. She does most of the 
 hard work in the fields. Her lot is sad and humble 
 compared with that of woman among the Christian 
 FiHpinos. She is often sold in marriage for a few pesos. 
 She lives like the cattle, and serves her husband like a 
 slave. 
 
 The Cultured Malays.— After the First Malays had 
 driven the Negritos from their homes, other Malay tribes 
 came sailing up from the south, and drove the first 
 conquerors from the homes they had made. These last 
 tribes were more civilized than the ones who came before. 
 They had better weapons and clothes. Some of them 
 had a new and better religion. We therefore call these 
 tribes the Cultured Malays. Today they are composed of 
 
THE FILIPINO EACES 5 
 
 seven Christian tribes, and the Moros. The Christians 
 are the Visayans, Tagalogs, Ilocanos, Bicols, Pampangans, 
 Pangasinans and Cagayans. The Gaddanes, who Hve in 
 the province of Isabela, also have recently become Chris- 
 tians. 
 
 The seven great Christian tribes have always been the 
 enemies of the wild tribes They are the peoples to whom 
 most of the history of the Philippines relates. We shall 
 learn from the pens of those who saw them four hundred 
 years ago what they were like when the Spaniards first 
 reached these Islands. 
 
 The Moros. — In Mindanao, Paragua, and the Jolo 
 Archipelago live many tribes of Filipinos whom the Span- 
 iards called Moros. The religion of these natives is 
 Mahometanism. The Mahometans whom the Spaniards 
 knew in Europe were called by this name. So when 
 Magellan found that some Filipinos had this same religion 
 he called them Moros. 
 
 The Religion of Mahomet. — Mahomet lived in Ara- 
 bia in the sixth century after the birth of Christ. He 
 said there was but one God, and that he was the prophet 
 of that God. Mecca was and is the holy city of Mahomet- 
 anism. Some of the Moros go there to worship. Such 
 a journey is called a pilgrimage. Mahomet wrote a book 
 called the Koran. This is the Bible of the Moros. 
 
 About six hundred years ago the priests of Mahomet 
 came to the Malay Peninsula. Next they taught their 
 religion in the islands of Malaysia. About the fifteenth 
 century they reached the Philippines. Many Filipinos 
 accepted the new religion. When the Spaniards arrived 
 
6 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 the Moros were teaching this religion in Miiidoro and 
 Luzon. Manila was ruled by Mahometan chiefs who 
 had come from Borneo a few years before. 
 
 Character of the Moros.— The Moros were sea trad- 
 ers and pirates. They went from one island to another 
 of the Philippines trading goods and slaves. They were 
 the most warhke of the Filipinos. In their swift boats 
 they visited the shores of the Visayan Islands and Luzon. 
 They burned the towns, robbed and killed the inhabitants, 
 and carried many into slavery. The Spaniards never could 
 make Christians of them, or entirely conquer them. 
 
 Summary. — Such were the races that settled the 
 Philippines. Four hundred years ago they numbered only 
 about half a million persons. Their languages, religions 
 and customs were learned in hundreds of different islands 
 and coasts of the southern seas and the Continent of Asia. 
 They were like flocks of wild birds of different colors 
 and plumage, driven by the storm upon a strange shore. 
 From Luzon to the north it is a long sail to new lands, 
 but to the south one can see from island to island for 
 hundreds of miles Driven from home by war, by desire 
 for adventure, by hope of gain, or by a chance wind, 
 these races drifted for centuries to the Philippines. It 
 is easy to see that they were not a nation, but the wander- 
 ing fragments of many different tribes. 
 
 Questions and Topies. 
 
 1. AVliy is it easy to live in the Philippines ? 
 
 2. Why are there sometimes famines in the Philippines ? 
 
 3. Why is it hard to live in some countries ? 
 
THEf FILIPINO EACES 7 
 
 4. What two things does Philippiue History teach ? 
 
 5. Who are the Negritos ? 
 
 6. Describe the habits of the Negritos ? 
 
 7. What must happen to the Negritos in the future? 
 
 8. Who drove the Negritos from their homes ? 
 
 9. What is the largest tribe of the First Malays ? 
 
 10. Where and how do the Igorrotes live? 
 
 11. Why did the wild tribes hunt heads? 
 
 12. Place of Woman among the wild tribes. 
 
 13. Name the tribes of cultured Malays. 
 
 14. Two differences between the First Malays and the 
 
 Cultured Malays. 
 
 15. Why are some Filipinos called Moros ? 
 
 16. Name the holy city and holy book of the Mahometans. 
 
 17. What is the chief teaching of Mahomet ? 
 
 18. How did the Moros live? 
 
 19. Two things the Spaniards could not do with the Moros. 
 
 20. Why were the ancient Filipinos not a nation ? 
 
8 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF THE ANCIENT 
 FILIPINOS. 
 
 Village Government.— Among the ancient Filipinos 
 the village was the unit of government. There was no 
 king over all the people. There was not even a chief for 
 each tribe. Each little town was a kingdom in itself. 
 The population was divided into many hostile groups. 
 Each village chose its own ruler. We shall see why this 
 kept the Filipinos from becoming numerous and rich. 
 
 Life in Ancient Times. — The people of these little 
 villages did not respect or obey any other chief than their 
 own headman. Men were born, lived and died in the 
 same village without ever visiting the people who lived on 
 the other side of the hill. Sometimes they could not 
 understand the language of members of their own tribe a 
 few miles distant. This is so today among some moun- 
 tain tribes. There were no roads, and travelling was 
 dangerous. When men went to the fields to plant or 
 reap they carried the bow and spear with them. Thus 
 they grew up in ignorance of the great world. They 
 cared nothing for the sorrows or joys of any but their own 
 townspeople. They married their near relatives, and so 
 became weak in body and mind. 
 
 War and Robbery.— The Filipinos of these times were 
 constantly at war. Eobbery and murder were common. 
 
LAWS AND CUSTOMS 9 
 
 It was not thought wrong to attack a neighboring village 
 and steal and kill. If a person was killed by some one 
 from another village, his friends and townspeople attacked 
 that village. For these reasons the population was kept 
 from increasing fast. In time of famine or pestilence one 
 town would not assist another. Commerce was difficult 
 when each man feared his neighbor. In a such a state 
 of society no people could become great or happy. 
 
 The Headmen — ^There were three classes of society: 
 the headmen, the freemen and the slaves. 
 
 The headman obtained his position because he was the 
 best fighter, or the richest man, or because his father was 
 headman. Every one must obey the headman. He was 
 paid a tribute of rice from all except his relatives and the 
 most powerful of the freemen. It was his duty to act as 
 judge in disputes between the members of his village. A 
 council of old men advised him. They decided what 
 punishment must be given to evildoers. The headman 
 also led his people to war. 
 
 In later days these headmen were called cahezas de 
 harmigay. Barangay foiTaerly meant a boat. Now it 
 means the group of people that live in a small village. 
 Perhaps the people that came in the same boat settled in 
 one village with their captain as headman. 
 
 The Freemen.— The freemen, called among the Taga- 
 logs timauas or maharlica, were subject to the headman, 
 but were not slaves. Usually they did not pay tribute, 
 but the headman could ask their help in time of need, 
 such as house building, or harvest. They could have 
 their own land and houses, and possess slaves. 
 
10 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Slaves. — Slaves were of two classes. The first, called 
 by the Tagalogs aliping namamahay , were only partly 
 slaves They usually planted land which their master 
 rented to them, and did not live in his house. These 
 people owed debts of service to their masters. They had 
 to work without pay at seed time, harvest, house or boat 
 building, in fact whenever their owners called on them. 
 If they had children, these children became slaves. 
 
 The second class of slaves, called siguiguiliri, lived in 
 their master's house and served him without pay. These 
 persons were absolute slaves. Their master could kill 
 them for any offence. 
 
 Yet slaves were not treated so harshly among the Fili- 
 pinos as in some countries. Sometimes they did so little 
 work that their masters found it hard to get food for 
 them. Favorite slaves were treated like members of tlie 
 family. 
 
 Causes of Enslavement, — Slaves were made such 
 by birth, captivity, adoption, on account of debt, as a 
 punishment, and for other reasons. 
 
 Captivity was the chief of these causes. When a hos- 
 tile village was captured, those who were not killed in 
 battle were offered in sacrifice to the gods, held for a 
 ransom, or enslaved. Children and the aged were usually 
 sacrificed or held for ransom. The young and strong 
 were kept as slaves. Members of the same tribe enslaved 
 each other in these village wars. 
 
 Many fell into slavery through debt. So small a debt 
 as five pesos caused enslavement for life. Children sold 
 themselves into slavery to pay the debts of their parents. 
 
LAWS AND CUSTOMS 11 
 
 Evil as this practice was, it shows us how faithful the 
 Filipinos were in guarding the honor of their parents. 
 
 A very small offence against a headman or freeman 
 was punished by enslavement. For passing under the 
 house of a headman, crossing his fields, breaking a tool or 
 dish, letting dust fall on him when he passed under a 
 house, people were made slaves for hfe. When a man 
 committed a great crime, his relatives were also enslaved. 
 All these practices made the hearts of the people very 
 hard and cruel. 
 
 Semi-Slavery.— An only child, one of whose parents 
 was free, the other a slave, became a half slave. Such a 
 slave must work for his master every other month. 
 When there was more than one child, the first was free 
 if his father was free, the second became a slave, and so 
 on. If the number of children was uneven, the last be- 
 canie a half slave, A child who was born free of such 
 parents sometimes had his own parent as slave. 
 
 The Slave Trafi&c. — Slaves were the measure of a 
 man's wealth. A rich man was a man who had many 
 slaves. Some chiefs had hundreds of slaves. They 
 were an article of merchandise. Men hunted them 
 as they did wild beasts, then sold them as they 
 would cattle. 
 
 The principal slave market was at Butuan, Mindanao. 
 Slaves were brought there from Borneo and the Spice 
 Islands, to be sold for old dust, wax and honey. In 1573 
 a slave was sold for as little as fifty reals at Manila. The 
 trading boats from Luzon came to Butuan and bought 
 slaves. The Moros sold their captured slaves at this place. 
 
12 HISTOET OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Sometimes boat loads of slaves- were brought to Manila 
 to be sold. They came from the Malay Peninsula, and 
 even from China and Japan. Many times the Filipino 
 slaveholders married their slaves. For this reason the 
 blood of many races flows in the veins of the Filipinos. 
 
 Crimes and Their Punishment. —Killing newly 
 born babes was very common, especially among the Visa- 
 yans. It was not punished by law because it was thought 
 the parent had the right to kill his child. People did not 
 then clearly understand that the State has rights in the 
 child as well as its parents. 
 
 Slander was considered a great crime, especially against 
 the rich, old people and women. Lying, gluttony, and 
 drunkenness were not thought to be bad faults. 
 
 Kinds of Punishment.— Crimes were punished by 
 fines, enslavement or death. There were no prisons, as 
 now, where men were shut up and made to work. If 
 the punishment was the loss of liberty, the criminal be- 
 came the slave of the person he had wronged or of the 
 headman. Theft and robbery were usually punished by 
 enslavement ; in serious cases by death. 
 
 Discovery of a Thief.— When it was desired to find 
 out who had stolen something, the suspected thief was 
 given a piece of cloth or a large leaf. If he returned the 
 stolen object wrapped in this covering he was pardoned. 
 If the object was not returned, the suspected persons were 
 put under water and the one who came to the sm^face 
 first was considered guilty. Tliere were other tests like 
 these. The different tribes had different customs. 
 
 Dress and Ornaments.— Legazpi said, in 1565, of 
 
LAWS AND CUSTOMS 13 
 
 the people of Cibabao, one of the Visayas, *' These people 
 wear clothes but they go barefooted. Their dress is made 
 
 of cotton, or of a Idnd of grass like raw silk The 
 
 people wear gold earrings, bracelets and necklets. Wher- 
 ever we went we found a great show of these things." 
 
 The natives of Luzon wore a blue or black spotted 
 jacket. The head, legs and feet were bare. A narrow 
 strip of cloth was bound about the head. The chiefs 
 wore a red jacket. Necklaces of gold, heavy gold brace- 
 lets, set with precious stones, and anklets made of strings 
 of agates were worn by the rich. 
 
 Tattooing. — The Visayans and the inhabitants of Al- 
 bay and Camarines practiced tattooing, that is, they mark- 
 ed pictures in their skin with blue ink. Frequently they 
 blackened their teeth. Often they made holes in them 
 and filled these holes with gold. Slaves were not allowed 
 to tattoo themselves. 
 
 Weapons.— Legazpi said: "The weapons generally 
 used in the Filipinas are swords and daggers ; lances with 
 iron points, one and one half palms in length ; and a few 
 bows and arrows. Whenever the natives leave their 
 houses, even if it is only to go to the house of a neighbor, 
 they carry these weapons ; for they are always watchful 
 and distrustful of one another." Besides the weapons 
 mentioned by Legazpi, the blow gun and thro wing-sticks 
 were used. Among the Tagalogs and Moros a few fire 
 arms and small cannon were in use at the arrival of the 
 Spaniards. Legazpi says the natives obtained these from 
 the Chinese, 
 
 For defensive weapons the Filipinos used thick cover- 
 
14 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 ings of cotton, reaching to the feet, corselets of wood or 
 buffalo hide, long wooden shields and leather helmets. 
 
 Commerce. — The Filipinos of the sixteenth century 
 traded mainly with Borneo, Japan and China. From 
 Nagasaki, in Japan, came silks, cotton, and iron utensils. 
 No money was in use, but gold dust was often used in 
 exchange for goods. The natives carried little scales to 
 weigh out this gold. 
 
 Legazpi in a letter to Philip II said : " Further north 
 than our settlement are some large islands called Luzon 
 and Vindoro where the Chinese and Japanese come every 
 year to trade. They bring silks, woolens, bells, porcelains, 
 perfumes, iron, tin, colored cotton cloths, and other 
 small wares. In return they take away gold and wax. 
 The people of these two islands are Moros, and having 
 bought what the Chinese and Japanese bring, they 
 trade these same goods throughout this archipelago of 
 islands." 
 
 Writing. — The principal Filipino tribes had written 
 alphabets, but no books. They wrote from the top of 
 the page to the bottom in columns, and from the right 
 to the left side of the page. There were seventeen letters 
 in their alphabet. It is said that many of the people 
 knew how to write. Their records were very simple. 
 They kept accounts of the number of their animals, and 
 of other business matters. 
 
 The natives used a sharp point of iron or wood with 
 which they wrote on banana leaves or bamboo joints. 
 With such frail paper, and houses which burned so easily, 
 it is not strange that no old Filipino books have been 
 
LAWS AND CUSTOMS 15 
 
 preserved. The Moros have old family records that tell 
 the names of their ances'tors for a few generations past. 
 
 Education and Civilization. — From a study of the 
 languages of the FiHpinos we may believe that they came 
 from a people that long ago lived in central Asia. This 
 ancient people had a better civilization than their Malay 
 descendants who came to these Islands. The simple 
 natives whom the Spaniards found here knew nothing of 
 their past but a few traditions which were passed from 
 parent to child by speech. In their wanderings from 
 island to island they had forgotten the past. They had 
 not been here long enough to build up a good civiliza- 
 tion. They were pioneers, fighting battles with many 
 enemies. Without books, roads, temples, or fine houses ; 
 cursed with war and slavery ; they were not what we now 
 call a civilized people. But if the early Filipinos were far 
 behind China, Japan India and Europe, they have since 
 shown themselves willing to learn. The ancestors of all 
 the great nations of today were once ignorant savages. 
 It is no more disgrace for a people to be young than it 
 is for a child to be young. The Filipinos need not be 
 ashamed that their ancestors four hundred years ago were 
 not highly civilized. The real glory of any people is not 
 in its past, but in the use it makes of the present. 
 
 Amusements. — The amusements of the ancient Filipi- 
 nos were few and simple. They were fond of music, 
 singing and dancing. Their instruments were very 
 simple, and their dances such as those of the wild 
 tribes today. They were fond of feasting and of wine. 
 Cock-fighting was seen in Paragua by Magellan's expedi- 
 
16 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 tion. Some of their amusements were such as we would 
 not think right today. 
 
 Marriage Customs. — Marriages were arranged as the 
 parents wished. The children were promised in marriage 
 at an early age ; sometimes before they were born. This 
 custom still exists among the wild tribes. 
 
 Marriage was not a matter of love, but of purchase.^ 
 The bridegroom paid the parents of the bride a price in 
 slaves, jewelry, furniture, land or whatever else he had. 
 The mother of the bride received a part of this, called by 
 the Tagalogs higaysusu. The other part was to pay the 
 expenses of the wedding celebration, and to provide for 
 the rearing of a family. This was called the higaycaya. 
 
 The bridegroom was also required to work for the pa- 
 rents of the bride during several years after marriage. 
 He must assist them at seed time and harvest, and on 
 other occasions. Many laws were made by the Spaniards 
 to stop this practice, but it lasted long after they came. 
 The Filipinos of that day wanted their children to be girls 
 because of the goods and labor for which they could sell 
 them. 
 
 The Marriage Ceremony. — The ceremony of mar- 
 riage was begun by killing a pig. This was done by 
 a priestess. She then blessed the bridal couple. Old 
 women fed them from the same plate. Mter this follow- 
 ed a great feast. At this feast they ate and drank for 
 many hours. 
 
 In return for the payment he made and the labor he 
 gave for his wife the man made the woman work like a 
 slave. 
 
LAWS AND CUSTOMS 17 
 
 Conclusion. — The ancient Filipino knew how to gov- 
 ern a village, but not a tribe or a nation. The Christian 
 Filipinos of today were not savages four hundred years 
 ago. Many of their laws were just and wise. They had 
 learned the first lesson of government, but only the first. 
 No people can become great who depend upon the labor 
 of slaves. The great nations of the world have become 
 great because their citizens built their fortunes by their 
 own industry and intelligence. They did not despise labor. 
 In Midanao and Jolo the Moros lived by piracy and 
 slavery throughout the period of Spanish rule. But their 
 country has not become fruitful and rich like Luzon and 
 the Visayas where slavery was stopped. The ancient 
 Filipino was not in the path of progress four hundred 
 years ago. The Igorrote, left almost alone in his moun- 
 tains by the Spaniard, is very little different from what he 
 was centuries ago. The ancient civilization of the Tagalog 
 and the Visayan was not much different from that of the 
 Moro and Igorrote now. Had no people come from 
 Europe or Asia with new light for the Philippines, the 
 Islands would be far less prosperous and happy than 
 they now are. 
 
 Religion, — To understand the Filipino forefathers we 
 must not only know about their wars and laws, their 
 dress and commerce. The most important fact about 
 any people is its religion. The religion of a people tells 
 us what they value most, and how well they can thinlc. 
 So we shall next study the ancient religion of the Filipinos. 
 
18 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Question and Topics. 
 
 1. "What kind of rulers did the Filipinos have? 
 
 2. What was a baraugay ? 
 
 3. AVhy was there little travelling? 
 
 4. Why did not the population increase fast ? 
 
 5. Name the three classes of Society. 
 
 6. In what parts of the Philippines may these three classes- 
 
 still be found ? 
 
 7. Why was village government bad for commerce?* 
 
 8. Name three ways in which a man could become chief. 
 
 9. What were the duties of the headman ? 
 
 10. How were slaves obtained ? 
 
 11. From what countries were slaves brought? 
 
 12. Where was the principal slave market? 
 
 13. What was done with the people of a captured village? 
 
 14. In what way did Filipino children protect the honor of 
 
 their parents ? 
 
 15. What effect did slavery have on the Filipinos ? 
 
 16. Describe a common crime among the ancient Visayans. 
 
 17. Why was slander considered a great crime against the 
 
 aged? 
 
 18. What may we learn from the ornaments used ? 
 
 19. Is tattooing practiced in the Philippines now? 
 
 20. How were Chinese goods distributed through the Philip- 
 
 pines ? 
 
 21. Why did the ancient Filipinos not have a better civiliza- 
 
 tion ? 
 
 22. What is the foundation of the progress of the great 
 
 nations ? 
 
EELIGION 19 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 THE RELIGION OF THE ANCIENT 
 FILIPINOS. 
 
 Religious Chants.— The Filipinos of the sixteenth 
 century had no sacred book like the Bible or the Koran. 
 The parents told the story of the gods to their children. 
 Many of their songs were religious chants. These songs 
 told of the birth, relationships and great deeds of their 
 gods. They sang these chants while rowing boats, at 
 feasts, funerals, and while working in the fields. 
 
 There were no regular fornLS of prayer used by all a- 
 like. They had no regular day and hour for worship. 
 There was not in all the Islands a church or temple. 
 Sometimes they built huts where some one of their many 
 gods was worshipped. Usually they prayed under the 
 open sky. 
 
 The Great God.— The Filipinos believed that there 
 was one great God over nnany lesser gods. This great 
 God was called Bathala by the Tagalogs, Lahon by the 
 Visayans, and Kahtmian by the Ilocanos and the Igor- 
 rotes. Some writers say that the rainbow was thought 
 to be the home of this god. It was considered a sin to 
 point at the rainbow. Most of the Filipinos did not know 
 who or where this great god was. Some thought that 
 those who were killed by lightning or the swc»rd travelled 
 to Bathala by the path of the rainbow. 
 
20 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 The Worship of Anitos.— Most of the prayers of the 
 Filipinos were offered to the lesser gods. They believed 
 that when anyone died his soul entered into some object, 
 such as a tree, rock or river. Certain birds and other 
 animals, especially the alligator, were thought to be the 
 home of the departed spirit. These spirits of their dead 
 ancestors were called anitos, or nonos, by the Tagalogs, 
 diuata by the Visayans, and by other names. 
 
 Household Gods. — The anitos of a family were often 
 represented by little idols made of wood or metal to show 
 the dead parent in his new form. Thus they would set 
 the tooth of an alligator in gold, and crown it with a head 
 of gold. This showed that the anito was living in the 
 body of an alligator. These family anitos were their 
 household gods. The ancient Filipinos were not true 
 idolaters, like the Negroes of Africa who worship sticks 
 and stones. The Filipino religion was the dying memory 
 of a better faith that the Malays had before they reached 
 these Islands. 
 
 Nature Spirits.— The anitos of the trees, the rocks 
 and the fields were not represented by idols. Many of 
 these were not the spirits of ancestors, but nature spirits. 
 There was nothing which might not be worshipped as an 
 anito. Useful objects, such as salt, rice, gold, silver, any- 
 thing in fact that interested the ancient Filipino, might 
 seem to him the home or sign of a god. 
 
 "Wherever the Filipino turned, the gods wei'e with him. 
 Nine hundred gods and superstitious beliefs of the early 
 Filipinos have been counted. 
 
 Prayers. — ^Though the Filipinos had no true religion 
 
BELIGION 21 
 
 they were full of fears and hopes about the unseen gods. 
 They asked the help of the anitos in various undertakings. 
 From the anito they sought freedom from famine, sick- 
 ness and other evils. Before doing the following acts they 
 asked permission of the anitos, clasping their hands and 
 bowing while they prayed : picking a fruit or a flower, 
 passing by or cutting down a big tree, crossing a gully, 
 river or plowed field. 
 
 Good and Bad Anitos. — Some anitos were believed 
 to be good and friendly ; others evil. Most of the 
 Filipinos did not think that the anitos protected them 
 because they were good men and women, but because 
 they gave the anitos offerings of food and human 
 sacrifices. The tribes on the coast thought that the evil 
 anitos were the spirits of their Negrito enemies, and the 
 good anitos the spirits of their Malay ancestors who drove 
 the Negritos to the mountains. 
 
 Heaven. — The ancient Filipinos believed in a life after 
 death. Some thought that at death the soul crossed a 
 river or lake in a boat rowed by an aged ferryman. 
 Then the soul dwelt in flowery fields, eating, drinking and 
 idling till it returned to earth. It was believed that the 
 brave, the just and the good entered heaven and the bad 
 a place of punishment. 
 
 In some islands it was thought that no woman could 
 enter heaven who had not had a husband or lover. 
 When women died their hands were painted black to 
 make sure of their passage across the river of death. 
 
 The Soul. — They fancied that the soul was easily 
 separated from the body and lost during sleep, or while 
 
22 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 one was walking in the woods. If a man became insane, 
 it was believed that his soul had strayed. Friends took 
 the insane person to the place where his reason had left 
 him. There cries were made to the soul calling it back 
 to the body. 
 
 Priests and Priestesses.— More women acted as 
 ministers of religion than men. They were usually old, 
 and said that they were led by the anitos. These old 
 women directed the ceremonies at marriages and funerals. 
 They tried to cure the sick. At the religious feasts they 
 offered the prayers over the sacrifices. Some of them 
 gained wealth, but they were not beloved by the people. 
 There were about twelve kinds of priests and priestesses 
 among the Tagalogs. The most important was called 
 the sonat. Only people of importance could be sonat. 
 They claimed the power to forgive sins, or to condemn 
 people. They could also appoint other priests. The 
 poor usually could not get their services. 
 
 Conclusion, — Thus there were many priests speaking 
 for many gods. They were not like the priests of the 
 Christian religion, who believe and teach the same things. 
 The ancient Filipino priests were like the headmen, 
 divided against themselves. Anyone who could persuade 
 the ignorant that he had the favor of some strong anito 
 could become a priest. Just as there was no one govern- 
 ment for all islands, so there was no united body of 
 priests. The priests were like an army without leaders. 
 This is one reason why Mahometanism and Christianity 
 made such easy and rapid progress in the Philippines. 
 
RELIGION 23 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. How were the religious ideas of the ancient Filipinos 
 
 preserved ? 
 
 2. Why do you think they had no churches ? 
 
 3. In what objects did they think their ancestors lived ? 
 
 4. Difference between an ancestral spirit and a nature spirit. 
 
 5. Why did they offer food to the anitos ? 
 
 6. What does their idea of heaven show about their idea of 
 
 happiness ? 
 
 7. How were priests appointed ? 
 
 8. Was the ancient religion a source of joy and peace? 
 
 9. Why did they give up the old religion so quickly ? 
 
 10, Do many Filipinos still believe in anitos? 
 
 11. Have you ever seen a religious feast of a wild tribe ? 
 
24 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER lY, 
 
 THE DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 European Trade with the East. — Before the year 
 1500 the people of Europe brought goods from the East 
 across Asia by caravans. The silks, spices, gems and 
 other luxuries of India and China were carried on the 
 backs of camels to the Black and the Mediterranean seas. 
 There they were put in ships and sent to Venice and 
 Genoa. This was a long, dangerous and expensive route. 
 In the fifteenth century the Turks captured Con- 
 stantinople. They were the enemies of the Christians of 
 Europe, and they would no longer allow this traffic 
 between the east and the west. So it was now necessary 
 to find another route to the east. The search for this 
 route led to the discovery of the Philippines. 
 
 A Sea Route from Europe to India. —The Portuguese 
 were the best sailors in those days. Under the protection 
 of the brave and wise " Prince Henry the Navigator ", 
 they made voyage after voyage down the west coast of 
 Africa. At that time people thought that the ocean 
 toward the south grew hotter and hotter till the water 
 boiled . It was a great surprise to them to find that south 
 of the equator the water began to grow cooler. Finally 
 Vasco da Gama reached India by sea in 1498. Albu- 
 querque conquered Malacca in 1511. He saw there two 
 large boats from Luzon, but he did not know where that 
 
DISCOVERT 25 
 
 island was. The next year the Portuguese discovered the 
 Moluccas, or Spice Islands. From these islands came the 
 pepper, cinnamon, cloves and other spices so much liked 
 in Europe. ^ 
 
 Ferdinand Magellan. — Magellan was a Portuguese 
 nobleman and naval officer. He was a brave, ambitious 
 sailor. Serrano, one of the captains who discovered 
 the Spice Islands, wrote to his friend, Magellan, an 
 account of them. 
 
 Magellan believed that he could find a western sea 
 route to these Islands. The lands which Columbus had 
 discovered a few years before were thought to be a part of 
 Asia. Magellan thought that the newly discovered Spice 
 Islands lay in the sea a short distance west of Mexico. 
 He told his plan to the king of Portugal, but the king 
 would not give him ships for this voyage. 
 
 The Demarcation Lines.— After the discoveries of 
 Columbus, the Spanish and the Portuguese quarrelled about 
 the possession of the new lands. So in 1493 Pope Alex- 
 ander VI drew a line through the Atlantic Ocean from 
 north to south, one hundred leagues west of the Azores 
 Islands. New lands west of this line were to belong to 
 Spain ; those to the east of it to Portugal. The next year 
 the kings of Spain and Portugal moved this line to a 
 point three hundred and seventy leagues west of the Cape 
 Verde Islands. The Spice Islands had been discovered 
 by sailing east, but Magellan thought that they were 
 nearer by a western route. If so, they would be on the 
 western side of the demarcation line, and belong to Spain. 
 
 Magellan and Charles I.— Eefused aid by his own 
 
26 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 king, Magellan went to Spain. He told King Charles I 
 that the rich islands which the Portuguese had discovered 
 lay within the part of the w^orld set aside for Spanish dis- 
 covery. He offered to find a western route to these 
 islands, and to conquer and settle them for Spain. 
 
 King Charles gave Magellan a fleet of five small ships 
 for this voyage of discovery and conquest. The largest 
 of them was only one hundred and thirty two tons in 
 size. That is about half as large as one of the Httle coast 
 guard steamers. Several fleets like Magellan's could be 
 put in one of the big steamships that come to Manila 
 from America. The king gave Magellan the right to 
 make discoveries for Spain in the South Sea for ten years. 
 No one else could do this. Magellan was to have a 
 share of the profits from trading with the natives. He 
 was to become governor of the new lands. It took much 
 patience and skill to make this contract with the king ; 
 for Magellan had many enemies. 
 
 Magellan Sails. — The fleet sailed from Spain, August 
 10, 1519. There were two hundred and thirty five men.' 
 The ships were filled with everything necessary for a long 
 voyage over unknown seas. The names of these famous 
 ships were: Victoria, La Trinidad, Concepcion, San An- 
 tonio and Santiago. 
 
 Stopping a few days at the Canary Islands, they 
 reached Brazil in December. The sailors became dis- 
 couraged as they sailed for months toward the south in 
 search of a passage. At the mouth of the broad Eio de 
 la Plata they thought they had found the desired opening 
 to the west. Again disappointed, a mutiny broke out. 
 
DISCOVERY 27 
 
 Magellan was obliged to punish several men with death. 
 One of his captains and a priest he abandoned on the 
 desert coast of Patagonia. 
 
 Wreck and Desertion.— In April, 1520, the fleet 
 stopped for the southern winter at Port St. Julian, 
 south of the Eio de la Plata. The Santiago, which had 
 gone ahead, was now wrecked. This misfortune greatly 
 disheartened all. Still Magellan sailed on. November 
 1,1520, he entered the strait which now beai-s his name. 
 He himself called it " Strait of all Saints." The San 
 Antonio sailed ahead of the other ships to explore the 
 strait. When she was out of sight of Magellan, her 
 captain turned his ship toward Spain, and deserted his 
 comrades. 
 
 The Pacific, — After a month's anxious battling with 
 the currents and winds, Magellan entered the greatest of 
 oceans. He called it the " Pacific " because of its quiet 
 waters. No one then knew how broad it was. Had 
 they known they might not have dared to cross it. 
 Their voyage across the Pacific, of three months and 
 twenty days, was one of terrible suffering. Nineteen men 
 died. They boiled their food in the salt sea- water. 
 They ate rats and gnawed leather. In this long journey 
 they passed two desolate, rocky islands, which in their 
 grief they called "The Unfortunates". 
 
 Discovery of the Philippines.— March sixth, 1521, 
 they sighted some small islands. Many boats, sailed to 
 meet them from the shore. So they called these islands 
 the " Isles of Sails.'* The natives were such thieves that 
 they also called the islands the Ladrones. 
 
28 HISTOEY OP THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Eefreshed by the fruits and vegetables "wlaicli they 
 obtained here, they sailed westward till March 16. On 
 this day they saw a lofty island called Zainal (Samar). 
 This was probably near Cape Guiguan. The next day 
 they landed on the island of Homonhon, then called 
 Humunu. Here they built two huts for the sick, whom 
 Magellan tended with his own hands. A canoe with 
 nine natives visited them here. These were the first 
 Filipinos the Spaniards saw. 
 
 After a few days the Spaniards sailed to the island of 
 Limasaua where they traded and feasted with two Moro 
 chiefs from Mindanao. They helped the natives harvest 
 their rice, exchanged presents with them, and treated 
 them as friends. 
 
 First Mass in the Philippines.— On the last day of 
 March, 1521, they celebrated on the island of Limasaua 
 the first mass said in the Philippines. Here Magellan 
 erected a cross. He nam.ed the islands the Archipielago 
 de San Ldzaro. For many years, however they were 
 called the " "Western Islands." 
 
 Magellan at Cebu. — From Limasaua Magellan sailed 
 to Cebu, taking with him one of the chiefs and several 
 other natives, The chief of Cebu was Kaja Humabon. 
 With him Magellan made a blood compact after the 
 custom of those times. Each drank blood taken from 
 the veins of the other and mixed with his own blood. 
 Several days were used in making a treaty of peace. At 
 first the chief of Cebu wished to make Magellan pay 
 tribute. Magellan refused to do this. He told Humabon 
 that he would destroy his towns if he did not submit to 
 
DISCOVEEY 29 
 
 the Spaniards, The chief had heard of the Portuguese, 
 who had taken the Spice Islands, and knew how terrihle 
 the weapons of the Spaniards were. So he yielded. 
 
 Magellan landed many goods for trade with the natives. 
 He told his men not to let the Cebuans know how much 
 the Spaniards valued gold ; for the natives were willing 
 to give a great price for the trifles like mirrors and bells 
 which the Spaniards sold. 
 
 Baptism of the Cebuans.— The Spaniards at once 
 taught Humabon the Catholic faith. The chief and 800 
 of his subjects were baptized in one day. An early writer 
 says that within eight days all the people of Cebu and 
 the nearby islands were baptized. All of the towns on 
 Cebu now submitted to Magellan, who promised to help 
 them fight their enemies. 
 
 Death of Magellan.~The chief of the island of 
 Mactan, just east of Cebu, was the sworn enemy of 
 Humabon. He refused to accept the rule of the white 
 conquerors. Magellan with six%oldiers in armor sailed 
 over to Mactan in the night. At daylight he was attacked 
 by hundreds of natives. Twenty boat loads of Cebuans 
 went with Magellan, but he would not let them assist 
 him ; for he wished to show them how well the Spaniards 
 could fight. His pride cost him his life. He was soon 
 wounded in the leg with an arrow, and then in the face 
 and arm with a lance. Then his left leg was cut with 
 a bolo and he fell. Eight other Spaniards were killed. 
 Only fifteen of the natives fell. 
 
 So perished the bravest sailor of his day. A monument 
 marks the spot in Mactan where he was killed. If he 
 
30 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 had been a man of the tact and prudence of Legazpi, 
 Spanish rale in the Philippines would have begun forty 
 years sooner than it did. 
 
 Massacre of Spaniards at Cebu.~The fame of the 
 Spaniards was destroyed by this defeat. The Cebuans 
 no longer thought it impossible to resist them. A former 
 slave of Magellan told Humabon that if he did not kill 
 the Spaniards they would make slaves of him and his 
 people. The chief, therefore, invited the Spaniards to a 
 banquet. He forgot the blood compact, his baptism, and 
 the fact that Magellan died fighting the enemies of Cebii. 
 While the Spaniards were enjoying the feast tv/enty 
 three of them were suddenly massacred. Juan Serrano 
 escaped to the beach. He called to his companions in 
 the ships and begged them to rescue him. They refused 
 to oifer a ransom for him, and sailed away. We cannot 
 admire the treachery of the natives or the heartlessness of 
 the Spaniards. 
 
 Elcano Sails Around the Globe.—Carbalho burned 
 the Concepcion, which was unfit for the sea, and used the 
 nails to repair the remaining ships. Then he sailed for the 
 Spice Islands, touching at Paragua, Mindanao, Borneo 
 and Tidor, the last being one of the Spice Islands. Here 
 a trading pest was established. The Trinidad tried to 
 return to Mexico, but was obliged to come back. At 
 Ternate she fell into the hands of the Portugese. 
 
 The Victoria, in command of Juan Sebastian de 
 Elcano, sailed on around the world to Spain, by way of 
 the Cape of Good Hope. She was the first ship to en- 
 circle the globe. Her voyage w^as the most daring and 
 
DISCOVERY 31 
 
 interesting ever made. The vast Pacific had been crossed, 
 a strait found connecting it with the Atlantic, and a 
 new archipelago discovered. All Europe now knew that 
 the world was round. This was the greatest discovery, 
 perhaps, that man ever made. 
 
 Arrival of the " Victoria ". — It was the sixth of Sep- 
 tember, 1522, when the Victoria arrived at San Lucar. 
 She brought a cargo of sandal wood, spices and gold dust. 
 Bareheaded and ragged, the eighteen men who still re- 
 mained walked to the church and gave thanks for their 
 safe return. It was more than forty years after this be- 
 fore the Spaniards really settled in the Philippines. 
 
 Demarcation Line of 1529. — Loaisa and Saavedra 
 followed Magellan to the Philippines" within a few years. 
 Both of their expeditions were fail ares. The value of the 
 Philippines was not yet understood. They produced few 
 spices. The Moluccas were considered much more valu- 
 able. Portuguese and Spanish both claimed the islands 
 Magellan had discovered. To end the quarrel, Charles I, 
 in 1529, gave up his claim to the Philippines to the king 
 of Portugal for 350,000 ducats. Keally Spain had no 
 right to the Philippines, because they were on the eastern 
 half of the globe, in Portuguese territory. A new line was 
 now established 297 leagues east of the Moluccas. This 
 left the Philippines on the Portuguese side of the line 
 Still Spain continued her attempts to conquer them. 
 Thus she sold what she did not own, and took by force 
 what she had already sold. 
 
 Expedition of Villalobos.— This leader left Mexico 
 in 1542. King Charles sent him *' For the discovery, 
 
32 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 conquest and colonization of the islands and provinces of 
 the southern sea towards the west ". Villalobos partly 
 explored Mindanao. After struggling with hunger and 
 hostile natives for two years he gave up the attempt to 
 to make a settlement in the Philippines, dying at Amboina, 
 in the Spice Islands. 
 
 It was Villalobos who gave the name " Felipinas " to 
 Leyte and some smaller islands in 1543. This was in 
 honor of Prince Felipe, son of Charles I, who later, as 
 Philip II, sent Legazpi to the Philippines. 
 
 The Portuguese in the Philippines. — The Portu- 
 guese had sent a missionary to Mindanao in 1538. He 
 baptized several chiefs with their subjects. The Portuguese 
 did not try to make permanent settlements in the 
 Philippines. They sailed among the islands, trading and 
 making slaves. In Bohol at one time they killed 500 per- 
 sons, and made slaves of 600. They used to tell the 
 Filipinos that they were Spaniards so that the natives, 
 lemeixibering their cruelty, might learn to hate the 
 Spaniards. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Describe the old trade routes from Europe to the East. 
 
 2. Who were the greatest sailors of the fifteenth century? 
 
 3. How did Magellan learn of the Spice Islands? 
 
 4. What were the purpose and plan of Magellan's expedi- 
 
 tion ? 
 
 5. Find the position of the different demarcation lines on 
 
 the map, and oa the globe. 
 G. Who gave the kings of Portugal and Spain the right to 
 divide the world between them ? 
 
DISCOVERY 33 
 
 7. What was Magellan to gain from the discoveries ? 
 
 8. Why was Magellan's the greatest of voyages ? 
 
 9. Date and place of the fir.-t mass in the Philippines ? 
 
 10. What do you think of the character of Magellan ? 
 
 11. Why were the Philippines not valued at first ? 
 
 12. Is a massacre just in warfare ? 
 
 13. Why did Villalobos fail to settle in the Philippines? 
 
 14. What was the greatest result of Magellan's voyage ?' 
 
 15. Write a short sketch of the life of Magellan. 
 
34 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER Y. 
 
 THE CONQUEST OF THE PHILIPPINES. 
 
 The King's Command.—Philip II, in whose honor 
 the Philippines had been named, came to his throne in 
 1555. He desired to conquer the Islands which bore his 
 name. Nearly forty years had passed since the discovery 
 by Magellan. Still the]-e was no Spanish settlement in 
 the Philippines. So in 1559 Philip wrote to the viceroy 
 of Mexico and commanded him to send ships "for the 
 discovery of the western islands towards the Malucos such 
 as the Phelipinas and others which lie within our demar- 
 cation and are said likewise to contain spice." The 
 viceroy replied : "It is impossible to go to the Filipinas 
 Islands without breaking the treaty, because the latter are 
 no less within the treaty than the Malucos." He meant 
 that Philip would break the promise his father Charles 
 I made to the king of Portugal in 1529, if he should 
 send ships to the Philippines. 
 
 Andres de Urdaneta. — This famous i\.ugustinian friar 
 was chosen by Philip as the spiritual leader and chief 
 navigator of the expedition of Legazpi. Urdaneta was 
 born in 1498. He was formerly an army captain. He 
 was with Loaisa's expedition, and spent ten years in and 
 near the Spice Islands. In 1552 he became an Augus- 
 tinian friar in the city of Mexico. He was a brave soldier. 
 
CONQUEST 35 
 
 the greatest geographer of his time, and a worthy priest. 
 Urdaneta was a friend and relative of Legazpi. 
 
 In reply to the king's request that he go with the new 
 expedition Urdaneta said that the Phihppines were not on 
 Spain's side of the demarcation line of 1529. He wrote : 
 "Therefore it would not be right for your majesty to 
 order the said vessels to the Filipina Island without 
 showing some lawful or pious reason therefor." 
 
 In spite of the opinions of the viceroy and Urdaneta, 
 Philip determined to send the expedition. 
 
 Legazpi.— Miguel Lopez de Legazpi was chosen com- 
 mander of the fieet. He was born in 1502 in Spain. 
 He came to Mexico when a young man , and became 
 secretary of the council of the city of Mexico. He was 
 at this time a wealthy landowner. He spent much of 
 his ow^n money in the preparation of this expedition. 
 Legazpi was a wise, just and generous man. He deserves 
 the fame he has gained in history. 
 
 Plan of the Supreme Court.— It was the wish of 
 Urdaneta that the expedition sail to the great island of 
 New Guinea. He thought they should visit the Philip- 
 pines only to rescue the abandoned Spaniards. The 
 viceroy of Mexico was of the same opinion. Before the 
 ships sailed the viceroy died. Then the Supreme Court 
 of Mexico changed this plan. They pretended not to be- 
 lieve that the Philippines were in Portuguese territory. 
 They " determined to order the general to sail straightway 
 in search of the Pilipinas Islands." 
 
 The Voyage of Legazpi.— Legazpi's fleet sailed from 
 Navidad, Mexico, Nov. 21,1564. There were five ships 
 
36 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 and 380 men. Foar Augustinian friars accompanied 
 Urdaneta. At first the fleet sailed toward New Guinea, 
 as Urdaneta wished. When five days from port the 
 course of the ships was changed to the direction of the 
 Philippines. Legazpi did this because sealed letters which 
 he carried from the Supreme Court ordered this change. 
 He said : " The religious in the fleet were very sorry at 
 this, saying that they had been deceived ; and had they 
 known while yet ashore that such a route was to be sailed, 
 they would not have gone with the expedition, for the 
 reasons that Fray Andres de Urdaneta had given in 
 Mexico." 
 
 Arrival in the Philippines. — Legazpi reached Cebu 
 Feb. 13,1565. He did not land at this time, as the natives 
 were unfriendly, and brought him little food. For two 
 months he sent boat expeditions from island to island to 
 get provisions, and find the best place to settle. Negros, 
 Panay, Leyte and Mindanao were \isited. The Span- 
 iards had several sea fights with Moros. In Butuan they 
 traded with Luzon boats for gold and wax. Finally it 
 was decided, against Urdaneta's wish, to settle in Cebu. 
 This brave and just friar was so sure it was wrong to do 
 this that he would not even talk about the plan. 
 
 The Settlement of Cebti. —April 27 the fleet appear- 
 ed before Cebu. The natives were hostile; so Legazpi 
 landed soldiers to capture the town. The Cebuans fled. 
 One hundred houses were burned either by a shot from 
 the vessels, or because the Cebuans set fire to them. 
 
 May 8 the fort was begun, and Legazpi took formal 
 possession of the town in the name of Spain. He called 
 
CONQUEST 37 
 
 it San Miguel. A palisade of stakes was built, enclosiDg 
 a triangular village. A church was erected. Tupas, the 
 chief of Cebu, was much alarmed when renainded of the 
 death of Magellan. Pie was promised forgiveness if he 
 kept the peace. 
 
 The Holy Child of Cebu.— Pigafetta, of Magellan's 
 expedition, had given an image of the child Jesus to a 
 native of Cebu forty four years before this time. This 
 image was found by Legazpi's men. A writer who was 
 with Legazpi says : " There was found a marvellous thing, 
 namely, a child Jesus like those of Flanders, in its little 
 pine cradle and its little loose shirt, such as come from 
 those parts, and a little velvet hat, like those of Flanders, 
 and all so well preserved that only the little cross, which 
 is generally on the globe that he holds in his hands, was 
 missing." Legazpi ordered this image to be placed in the 
 first church that was built and called the church Nombre 
 de JesHs. This image was the Santo Nino de Cebu. It 
 may still be seen in Cebu. 
 
 Legazpi's Treatment of the Cebuans. — Legazpi 
 treated the natives kindly and justly. He was not so rash 
 a man as Magellan, and he expected to live all his life in 
 the Philippines; so he was very patient. The natives 
 were not allowed to bring weapons into San Miguel. 
 They were required to sell their goods at a fair price. 
 Legazpi made his men pay for everything they took from 
 the natives. Gradually he won the friendship of many 
 villages. Martin de Goiti, his maestre de campo, spent 
 most of his time sailing about looking for food. Some- 
 times the soldiers had to eat rats. 
 
38 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Legazpi's men drank too much wine. He had to hang 
 several to suppress a mutiny. He also forbade them to 
 open the graves of the natives and steal the gold jewels 
 and ornaments which they buried with their dead. In 
 all things he tried to deal justly. 
 
 Religious Customs of the Cebuans.— A writer who 
 was with Legazpi said of the Cebuans. " They worship 
 their ancestors as gods. When they are ill or have any 
 other necessity they go to their graves with great weeping 
 and prayer to beg their ancestors for health, protection 
 and aid. They make certain alms and prayers there. 
 And in the same manner they call upon the Devil, and 
 they say that they cause him to appear in a hollow reed, 
 and that there he talks with their priestesses. Their 
 priests are as a general rule women who make this prayer 
 and talk with the Devil, and then give his answer to the 
 people, telling them what offerings of birds and other 
 things they must make. "When any chief dies, they kill 
 some of his slaves ; a greater or less number according to 
 his rank and wealth. They are all buried in coffins made 
 out of two boards, and they bury with them their finest 
 clothes, porcelain ware and gold jewels. Some are buried 
 in the ground, and others of the chief men are placed in 
 lofty houses." 
 
 Legazpi and the Portuguese.— During the last three 
 months of 1568 a Portuguese fleet blockaded Cebu. The 
 Admiral demanded that the Spaniards leave the islands 
 which he said belonged to Portugal. Legazpi refused to 
 do this. The Portuguese then fired on the Spanish forts, 
 but killed no one. They burned seven native villages 
 
CONQUEST 39 
 
 outside of the city of Cebu. They told the Cebiians that 
 the Spaniards were *' thieves on a plundering expedition." 
 The Spaniards suffered much from lack of food, so when 
 the Portuguese left, Legazpi moved his capital to Panay 
 where food was more abundant. 
 
 Legazpi " Adelantado.'* — In June, 1569, Juan de la 
 Isla arrived at Cebu from Cadiz with three ships. He 
 brought a letter from King Philip for Legazpi ordering 
 him to take possession of the Philippines for Spain. 
 Legazpi was made governor of all the Philippines with 
 the title of " Adelantado." He immediatly went to Cebii 
 and organized a city goverment. He appointed Guido de 
 Lavezaris governor and gave lands to the Spaniards who 
 settled there. He named the town the " City of the Holy 
 Name of God". 
 
 Expedition to Luzon. — The Spaniards now had few 
 guns and little ammunition. One third of their men 
 were without arms. They sent cannon to Mexico as 
 ballast for ships because there was no powder for them. 
 The natives of Panay often refused to plant their fields, 
 hoping thus to starve out the Spaniards. Four years of 
 tribute paying and the new religion had not taught them 
 to love .their ma-ters Boats had often come with stories 
 of the richer island of Luzon to the north. So Legazpi 
 now determined to send an expedition to explore it. 
 
 On the 8th of May, 1570, one hundred and twenty 
 Spaniards and fifteen prahus of Visayans left the Eiver 
 of Panay for Luzon. Martin de Goiti commanded. 
 
 Juan de Salcedo.— With De Goiti went Juan de 
 Salcedo. Salcedo was a grandson, of Legazpi. He was 
 
40 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 born in Mexico in 1549. He reached Cebu in 1567, at 
 eighteen years of age. He was a brave and noble young 
 man. Ah-eady he had fought successfully the pirates of 
 Mindoro, who had been killing and burning along the 
 coasts of Panay. 
 
 On the way to Manila Salcedo went up the Pansipit 
 Kiver to Bombon Lake. Here he was wounded in the leg 
 by a poisoned arrow in a fight with theMoros. He rejoined 
 De Goiti and they sailed into Manila Bay. They were 
 delighted at the rich, well cultiva,ted fields along its shores. 
 Anchoring at Cavite, they sent a messenger to Eaja 
 Soliman, the chief of Manila. 
 
 The Capture of Manila. — After three days, during 
 which there was great anxiety in Manila, Soliman sent 
 an ambassador who said that the king of Manila *' wished 
 to be the friend of the Spaniards, and that he would be 
 pleased to have them settle in his country as they had 
 done in Cebu and Panay." He did not really want the 
 Spaniards to come to Manila, but he did not dare to 
 refuse them. 
 
 At ten in the morning they entered the Pasig Eiver. 
 The town was defended by a palisade of stakes, and small 
 cannon were at the gates. Plundreds of warriors waited 
 at the water's edge. De Goiti landed, and first met 
 Lacondola the chief of Tondo, uncle of Sohman. De 
 Goiti and the two chiefs pledged their faith to each other 
 in a blood compact. A few days later the natives fired 
 upon the Spanish boats without warning. It is said that 
 Soliman fired the first cannon-shot with his own hand. 
 The Spaniards landed at once and captured the fort. 
 
CONQUEST 41 
 
 They burned the town, killing one hundred natives and 
 capturing eighty. They found the clay and wax mould 
 for a cannon over five metres long. The inhabitants fled 
 up the Pasig in boats, and left Manila deserted. De Goiti 
 fearing that the winds would become contrary returned 
 at once to Panay. The Battle of Manila and the formal 
 taking possession of Luzon occurred June 6,1570. 
 
 Legazpi Founds Manila.— When De Goiti and 
 Salcedo returned to Panay they found the Spaniards 
 suffering from hunger. There was little rice. For 
 several years there had been swarms of locusts. Fray 
 Diego de Herrera, the first Philippine provincial of the 
 Augustinians, now preached daily, urging Legazpi to leave 
 Panay, and move his seat of government to Luzon. So 
 all the Spanish soldiers were gathered from the different 
 islands where they had settled, and the winter was spent 
 in busy preparations for the conquest of Luzon. 
 
 The day after Easter, 1571, Legazpi with twenty 
 seven boats and 280 men sailed for Luzon. When 
 the people of Manila saw another Spanish fleet coming 
 they burned the town, which had been rebuilt since the 
 year before. Then they crossed the river to Tondo, and 
 sent back the chief Alcandora to make terms with 
 Legazpi. The Adelantado promised forgiveness and friend- . 
 ship. The next day Soliman and Lacondola met Legazpi 
 and promised to be subjects of the King of Spain. 
 
 June 3,1571, Legazpi gave the title "Distinguished 
 and ever loyal city " to Manila. June 24, he appointed 
 the officials of the new city. The Filipinos called the 
 town "Maynila." This means in Tagalog, "There is 
 
42 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 nilad." The nilad is a small tree bearing white flowers, 
 that grew abundantly about Manila. 
 
 The Building of the City.— On the site of the old 
 native village, which now lay in dust and ashes, Legazpi 
 at once laid out the streets of Manila nearly as we find 
 them today. He placed these streets so that one side 
 should always be in the shade. The old log fort at the 
 mouth of the river w^as rebuilt. Next he built a palace 
 for himself, a church and convent for the Augustinians, 
 and one hundred and fifty houses for the citizens of Mani- 
 la. All these were built of wood. The natives seeing the 
 strong, handsome houses of the Spaniards replaced their 
 burned homes with better ones. 
 
 Death of Legazpi. — Worn out by the hardships and 
 anxieties of his life the great Adelantado passed away, 
 August 20, 1572. He died in debt because he had spent 
 all his money in the king's service, and in helping needy 
 soldiers. His fame is without stain. Of all the monu- 
 ments in the Philippines none is more deserved than that 
 to Legazpi and his friend, the wife and good Urdaneta. 
 
 Conquest of Luzon by Sal cedo.— Soon after Legazpi 
 founded Manila he sent Salcedo to subdue Cainta and 
 Taytay in Laguna. They had refused to pay tribute. 
 After a fierce battle Salcedo captured these towns. Then 
 he continued around the south shore of the lake going as 
 far south as the gold mines of Paracali, in Camarines. 
 
 Beturning to Manila, his love of adventure led him to 
 make another expedition, at his own expense. With 
 forty -five men he sailed up the west coast of Luzon, a- 
 round the north end of the island, and then down the 
 
CONQUEST ' 43 
 
 east coast to the island of Polillo. From here he returned 
 to Manila by land across Laguna. 'This journey took a 
 year. He arrived at Manila a few weeks after the 
 death of Legazpi. 
 
 On this trip of conquest Salcedo landed at every im- 
 portant town. He told the natives that they must accept 
 Philip II for their king and pay tribute. If they resisted 
 him he fought. Generally he persuaded them by kind- 
 ness. He went up the Cagayan Kiver with thirteen men, 
 but was obliged to return quickly. The people of Vigan 
 received him kindly. Later he was given charge of this 
 district. 
 
 Salcedo in Southern Luzon. — The following year 
 (1573) he took a larger expedition by sea to Camarines 
 and the island of Catanduanes. He was very successful 
 in making friends with the people. He did more than 
 any other man to subject Luzon to the Spaniards. Yet 
 there were many who were unwilHng to submit to 
 Spanish rule. The mountain tribes were never fully 
 conquered. 
 
 Questions and Topics, 
 
 1. Why did Philip II send Legazpi to the Philippines? 
 
 2. Why did Urdaneta not want to go to the Philippines ? 
 
 3. Describe the character of Legazpi. 
 
 4. What change did the Supreme Court make in the plan 
 
 of Legazpi's voyage ? 
 
 5. Show on the map Legazpi's route. 
 
 6. What different names has the city of Cebii had ? 
 
 7. Tell the story of the Holy Child of Cebu. 
 
 8. How did Legazpi win the friendship of the Cebuans ? 
 
44 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 9. Why did the Cebuans bury clothes and jewels with 
 their dead ? 
 
 10. Draw a map showing Salcedo's journeys. 
 
 11. What does ** Maynila " mean ? 
 
 12. Why did the Spaniards not come to Luzon sooner? 
 
 13. Why was the conquest of Luzon so easy ? 
 
 14. Write a short sketch of the life of Salcedo. 
 
ENCOMENDEROS AND FRIARS 45 
 
 CHAPTER VI, 
 
 THE ENCOMENDEROS AND 
 THE FRIARS. 
 
 Poverty of the Victors. — When the Spaniards decid- 
 ed to settle permanently in the Philippines, they had to 
 find some way for so many officials and soldiers to live. 
 At times the soldiers were without pay for years. King 
 Philip had hoped that his men would find much gold 
 and spices in the Philippines. One fifth of this was for 
 himself. But Legazpi had been able to send the king 
 only a few tons of cinnamon, some wax, and a few gold 
 ornaments. The soldiers had become so desperate that 
 they sometimes robbed the natives. 
 
 The Encomiendas and Encomenderos.— Therefore 
 when Legazpi founded the city of Cebu in 1570 he divided 
 the Cebuans among the Spanish citizens. Each of these 
 groups of natives must support a Spaniard. He thought 
 this better than to let the soldiers steal from the natives. 
 Each of these groups was called an encomienda, or re- 
 partimiento. There were usually from 300 to 1000 
 natives in an ei^comienda. 
 
 The Spaniai'd who ruled them was called an e7i- 
 comendero. It was his duty to care for the natives under 
 his control. He must keep order, see that the laws were 
 obeyed,^ and protect the people from their enemies. It 
 was also his duty to support a priest for the religious 
 
46 HISTORY OP THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 instruction of the natives, and to build churches. His 
 support came entirely from the natives, who were taxed 
 for his benefit. 
 
 The Tribute. — Every male Filipino between the ages 
 of sixteen and sixty was compelled to pay an annual tax, 
 or tribute, to the encomendero. When Legazpi settled in 
 Manila he fixed the amount of this tribute at two fanegas 
 of rice and a piece of colored cloth two varas long and 
 one wide. Instead of this, the native could pay his tax 
 with six silver reals. In other parts of the Islands the 
 tribute was four varas of cloth, seventy gantas of rice and 
 one hen. In Ilocos the tribute was often collected in 
 gold-dust. The natives washed this out of the sands of 
 the rivers, or got it by trading with the Igorrotes. 
 
 In the early days of the encomiendas all this tax 
 belonged to the encomendero. If his encomienda was 
 small or the tax hard to collect, he sometimes found it 
 difficult to live. In other encomiendas the encomenderos 
 became rich. The tribute was increased to ten reals in 
 1590. In addition the tribute payer gave one real for the 
 support of the church and one real for the support of the 
 government of his town. A single man paid one half the 
 tax that a married man paid. 
 
 Evils of the Encomienda System.— This tax seems 
 small, but it was difficult for the Filipinos of that day to 
 pay it. They were not used to laying up goods for the 
 future. Their custom was to get just enough food to live 
 upon from day to day. They could not see why they 
 should work for the white strangers. So their hearts 
 were bitter towards the encomenderos. 
 
ENCOMENDEEOS AND FEIAES 47 
 
 Unjust Taxes. — Many of the encomenderos tried to 
 get rich as quickly as possible. Few of them cared for 
 the good of the natives. Once a year they went through 
 their encomiendas with soldiers, collecting the tribute. 
 The rest of the time they usually left the natives to 
 themselves. There were a few just and kindly men, like 
 rXinTi dn SriIp^^^j who were loved by the natives they 
 ruled. Mflny of the encomenderos, however, made the 
 Filipinos pay a tax not only for themselves but also for 
 each of their children, and even for their slaves. Many 
 natives did not marry, on account of the burden of the 
 tribute. Others killed their children to avoid the tax on 
 them. Some burned their houses and fled to the 
 mountains when the tax collector came. 
 
 Often the tax collectors deceived the natives. The 
 collector of "Sagami, in Leyte, used a steelyard that re- 
 quired double the proper weight to. weigh the tribute of 
 wax. At times, instead of collecting the tax when rice or 
 wax was plentiful and cheap, the encomendero waited till 
 these articles were dear so he could sell them at a high 
 price. 
 
 The First Revolts. — The first insurrections against 
 
 Spanish rule were caused by the hardships of the tribute 
 
 which the encomenderos forced from the natives. In 
 
 1589 there were revolts in the Cagayan valley and in 
 
 _Ilocos Norte, in which tax collectors were killed. 
 
 The Protest of Rada.— Father Eada, the provincial of 
 the Augustinians, wrote to governor Lavezaris in 1574 to 
 say that he and other friars thought it wrong to ask so 
 much tribute of the natives. He said: "Most of the 
 
48 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 owners of enconiiendas have stocks in which they keep 
 as prisoners the chiefs or freemen who do not supply the 
 amount of tribute from their slaves when they themselves 
 cannot obtain it from the latter." Hie said that the reason 
 the friars consented to the encomienda system was, " To 
 avoid greater injuries and robberies which are done without 
 any remedy when there are no encomiendas." 
 
 Answer of Lavezaris. — The governor answered this 
 protest by saying that the natives who did not pay the 
 tax were too lazy to work, or that they spent their time 
 in drunkenness and feasting. He also said that the in- 
 crease of trade which the Spaniards brought had made 
 the encomiendas a benefit to the natives. Above all, he 
 said, the encomiendas were necessary because without 
 them the soldiers would rob the natives. This shows us 
 why one Filipino gave as his reason for not wishing to 
 become a Christian the fact that there were Spanish 
 soldiers in heaven. 
 
 King Philip Forbids Encomiendas.— In 1574 
 Philip wrote to governor Lavezaris : "As for what you 
 ask concerning encomiendas of Indians — namely that you 
 have them because you were diiScoverers of these islands — 
 such a thing has appeared to me unsuitable." Governor 
 De Sande in 1576 ordered the encomenderos to ''hold 
 those encomiendas as the royal property, make collections 
 and have the natives instructed in the teachings of our 
 holy Catholic faith." By this decree the natives only 
 changed masters. The encomenderos later persuaded the 
 Idng to make no change. 
 
 Oppression of the Encomenderos. — The Council 
 
ENCOMENDEROS AND FRIARS 49 
 
 of Manila wrote to King Philip II in 1586 about the 
 encomenderos. They said : " When gold is plentiful 
 and reals are scarce they ask for reals ; when the latter 
 are plentiful and there is a scarcity of gold they ask for 
 gold. When crops are plentiful they ask for money, but 
 when not they ask for produce such as rice — even all that 
 the Indians have. Thus where the tribute is eight reals, 
 some collect fifteen and others twenty, twenty-five, thirty 
 and more. Through this the Indians endure so great op- 
 pression and distress that on this account several provinces 
 have revolted, and others will not pay except by force 
 and with much disturbance." 
 
 It was the duty of the encomenderos- to see that their 
 natives had religious instruction. Yet some of them let 
 the people of their encomiendas live for twenty years 
 without priests. 
 
 Progress of Religion.— By 1586 over two hundred 
 and fifty thousand Filipinos had become Christians. The 
 friars had established monasteries in forty different 
 places. Yet there were in this same year one hundred 
 encomiendas. So it can be seen that there were many 
 who did not have religious teachers. The Council wrote 
 to King Philip : *' Many who are already baptized are 
 yet without instruction or ministers. Many others paci- 
 fied and yet to be baptized are daily asking for baptism. 
 There are an infinite number of others to be pacified who 
 have no knowledge of God." 
 
 The Encomiendas in 1591.— By 1591 there were 
 267 encomiendas of Filipinos Thirty one of these were 
 for the king. The remaining ones were to support officers 
 
50 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 and favorites of the king or the governor. The entire 
 Cagayan valley was divided among the soldiers who had 
 conquered it. 
 
 The encomenderos made the cabezas de harangay collect 
 the tribute for them when possible. In return for this 
 service the cabezas and their families were free from the 
 tribute. 
 
 The Pope Forbids Slavery. — Many of the encomen- 
 deros had slaves. Early in the conquest when the 
 Spaniards were in Cebu they used as slaves Negritos 
 who had been captured in battle. Shortly after Legazpi 
 took Manila, Martin de Goiti captured several hundred 
 natives in Butas, near Manila. These captives were 
 made slaves of the Spanish soldiers. The Spaniards bought 
 slaves whom the Portuguese brought from India. They 
 also allowed the Filipinos to keep their old slaves, but 
 not to make captives. 
 
 When the Pope heard of these things he forbade the 
 Spaniards in the Philippines to have Filipinos as slaves. 
 They were still allowed to have Negro and Kaffir slaves. 
 It was Pope Gregory XIV who commanded this in 
 1591. He said: "We order all persons dwelling in 
 those Islands to set wholly free, without any craft or 
 deceit, whatever Indian slaves or serfs they may have; 
 nor for the future shall they in any manner contrary to 
 to the edict of the said king Philip take or keep captives 
 or slaves.'' This order was very poorly obeyed. 
 
 The Arrival of the Friars.— The Augustinians were 
 the first friars who came to the Philippines. They had 
 charge of the missions in Cebu, Manila, and in the districts 
 
ENCOMENDEKOS AND FEIARS 51 
 
 now known as Parapanga, Pangasinan, Bulacan and 
 Ilocos. 
 
 The Franciscans came. nest, in 1577. They labored in 
 Laguna and southern Luzon. The Jesuits arrived in 
 1581, and were given charge of the central and southern 
 islands. Then came the Dominicans, 1587, to whom a 
 part of Pangasinan and Cagayan were given. The 
 Recollects were the last of the great ordei-s to arrive, in 
 1606. A few friars of other orders came in later times, 
 but these four are the chief religious orders that have 
 worked in the Philippines. 
 
 Character of the Early Friars. — The friars who came 
 to the Philippines with the conquerors were not rich and 
 powerful like those of today. They did not then have 
 great haciendas and fine houses. Some of them begged 
 their food from the Filipinos. The Franciscans did not, 
 like the others, receive money from the taxes the 
 government raised. They lived with the natives, who 
 supported them by gifts. 
 
 These first missionaries were brave, self-sacrificing men. 
 They labored patiently and lovingly with the poor, 
 ignorant, warring natives. They studied the native 
 dialects diligently so that they could understand the people 
 and preach to them. Often after three to six months 
 study of Tagalog or Visayan they were able to write and 
 speak these tongues. One young Jesuit learned to read, 
 write and talk Tagalog in seventy-four days. 
 
 What the Friars Taught.— Besides the Catholic relig- 
 ion the friars of those days taught the Filipinos many 
 things that are necessary to civilization. They showed 
 
52 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 them how to make brick, to burn lime from shells and 
 coral rock, to build houses of stone, to make roads, and to 
 do many other things. 
 
 At times the convents were turned into workshops to 
 teach various handicrafts, like carpentry. The friars took 
 great interest in agriculture. They preached sermons on 
 the best ways of planting. They brought new garden 
 seeds from Mexico and Spain. 
 
 One of the hardest and most useful of their tasks was 
 to get the people to move into towns from their Httle vil- 
 lages in the woods and mountains. In these larger vil- 
 lages they were safer. They could hear the gospel. They 
 could see how other people lived. Their children could 
 learn more, and have a better chance in life. 
 
 The First Spanish Schools.— The friars did what they 
 could to teach the natives to read and write. They chang- 
 ed the old Fihpino alphabet, putting in its place the 
 Koman alphabet that the nations of the west nearly all 
 use. They wrote books for the Filipinos in the native 
 dialects. These books were almost all about rehgion, but 
 they opened a new world to people who had never seen a 
 book. Juan de Placencia established many primary 
 schools in Laguna before 1590. These schools were not 
 like the schools of today. "Very httle besides religion was 
 taught in them, but they were a good beginning. 
 
 That the friars were good and earnest men, liked by 
 the natives, is shown also by the rapid acceptance of 
 Christianity by the Filipinos. 
 
 Reasons for the Rapid Conversion of the Fili- 
 pinos. — By 1585 half of the inhabitants had been 
 
ENCOMENDEROS AND FRIARS 63 
 
 baptized. Among the reasons for this rapid change of 
 faith were these : 
 
 (1) The ancient reh'gion of the FiHpinos was one of 
 fear. They did not love their gods. Their rehgion was 
 not one of thought, but of foolish dreams. They thought 
 the God of the Christians must be better than their own 
 because they saw the Christians were wiser and stronger 
 than they. People are very slow to give up a religion in 
 which they believe. We can see from the readiness of 
 the Filipinos to accept a new religion that they had little 
 love for their old religion. 
 
 (2) The Filipinos had no books of religion, or church- 
 es to abandon, They liked the wonderful buildings 
 and beautiful clothing of the friars, the decorations of the 
 altar, and the images of the saints. 
 
 (3) They did not have a society of priests who worked 
 together to keep out the new religion. There was no 
 union among their priests. Most of them were old women 
 who gained their living by deceiving the natives. Their 
 medicines did not heal diseases so well as the medicines 
 the new teachers brought. 
 
 (4) It did not cost so much to become a Christian as 
 to worship the old gods. The friar would make long 
 journeys over the mountains to visit the sick and the 
 dying, yet, in those days, not ask for money. He was not 
 afraid of the demons that the natives thought were in the 
 trees and rocks. They no longer had to pay to have 
 these spirits driven away from their houses. 
 
 Summary. — The friar and the encomendero were the 
 two classes from whom the Filipinos got their first ideas 
 
54 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 of the Spaniards. Tbey endured the rule of the former, 
 and cheerfully accepted the religion of the latter. They 
 still had their headmen, only these had become tax col- 
 lectors for the encomenderos. There was less war among 
 themselves and less slavery. The tribute was disliked, 
 but taxes are necessary for any people who wish to rise 
 above barbarism. Their commerce was increasing, and 
 they were learning better ways of cultivating the soil. 
 Yet they were far from satisfied. 
 
 Questions and TopicSp 
 
 1. What did Legazpi send the king ? 
 
 2. In what condition were his soldiers ? 
 
 3. When and where were encomiendas first established in 
 
 the Philippines ? 
 
 4. Name four duties of the encoinendero. 
 
 5. What were some benefits of the encomienda system ? 
 
 6. In what three ways was the tribute spent ? 
 
 7. Name three abuses of the tribute. 
 
 8. What was the cause of the first revolts ? 
 
 9. Why did the friars consent to the encomienda system ? 
 
 10. What change did the king make in encomiendas ? 
 
 11. Name two cases when Spaniards enslaved Filipinos. 
 
 12. When and by whom was slavery forbidden ? 
 
 13. Describe the division of encomiendas in 1591. 
 
 14. Name the four religious orders, and the dates of their 
 
 arrival. 
 
 15. Difference between tlie Franciscans and other orders ? 
 
 16. Four things besides religion which the friars taught ? 
 
 17. Name three advantages of living in towns. 
 
 18. What sort of schools did the friars establish? 
 
ENCOMENDEEOS AND FEIAES 55 
 
 19. Explain the rapid spread of Christianity. 
 
 20. Why were the Filipinos not satisfied with their rulers ? 
 
66 niSTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER YII. 
 
 THE REPULSE OF LIMAHOHG. 
 
 Lavezaris Governor— 1572-1575.— Guido de Lave- 
 zaris had been the treasurer of Legazpi's expedition, and 
 later the governor of Cebu. He followed Legazpi as 
 governor of the Philippines. His time was mainly spent 
 in settling quarrels about encomiendas. He gave en- 
 comiendas in places that had never been conquered, or 
 even seen by the Spaniards. Lavezaris was not a strong 
 governor. He was easily flattered and influenced by 
 those about him. 
 
 Distress of the Spaniards.— The Spanish colony was 
 now in great distress. Many were sick. Food was scarce. 
 The Filipinos were suspicious and hostile. They paid the 
 tribute very reluctantly. Meantime Lavezaris took large 
 encomiendas for himself. Finally Manila was attacked by 
 an enemy who nearly destroyed the Spaniards, and show- 
 ed the Filipinos that they might have worse masters than 
 their new rulers. This enemy was the famous Limahong. 
 
 Limahong. — Limahong was a Chinese pirate. He had 
 defeated the fleets of the Chinese emperor, and burned 
 cities on the coast of China. Thousands of soldiers and 
 many ships were his. At length he was driven away by 
 the rulers of China. With a fleet of sixty ships and 
 three thousand soldiers and sailors, besides workmen and 
 women, he sailed in search of new lands. 
 
LIMAHONG 57 
 
 Near the coast of Ilocos he captured a boat, and killed 
 its crew of Spaniards and Filipinos. An officer of Salcedo's 
 saw the fight from the shore. He hastened to Vigan and 
 told Salcedo. The young captain sent three natives in a 
 virey to tell the people of Manila of the coming of the 
 pirate. This party was nearly captured by Limahong. 
 Tt reached Manila too late to warn the Spaniards. Salcedo 
 with fifty men set out for Manila in boats as soon as 
 Limahong sailed south. 
 
 The First Attack.— The pirate ships reached Marive- 
 les November 29, 1574. The same night Limahong sent 
 his Japanese captain, Sioco, wath about seven hundred 
 men to take Manila. They landed near Parafiaque, and 
 marched toward the city about ten o'clock the next 
 morning. No one expected them, or knew who they 
 were. The maestre de campo, De Goiti, was ill in 
 bed. Some natives ran to his house and told him that 
 the King of Borneo was coming to attack Manila. 
 De Goiti did not believe this. His wife looked from the 
 window and saw the Chinese coming along the beach. 
 She was a brave woman and called out to them in 
 Spanish that they were dogs and would all be killed. 
 This saved Manila, bacause the Chinese now stopped to 
 attack De Goiti 's house. The old Marshal fought till he 
 was wounded and most of his followers were killed. 
 Then he leaped from the window" because his house w^as 
 in flames. The Chinese killed him, and . robbed and 
 wounded his wife. This delay gave the unprepared 
 Spanish soldiers time to get ready for the attack on the 
 fort. 
 
58 HISTOET OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 The Chinese Soldiers.—De Sande describes the 
 appearance of the Chinese soldiers thus: "There were 
 seven hundred men, among whom were a few arque- 
 busiers and many pikemen, besides men armed with 
 battleaxes. They were clad in corselets, which are coats 
 lined with exceedingly thick cotton. They had durable 
 bamboo hats which served as helmets. They carried 
 cutlasses and several daggers in their belts ; and all were 
 barefoot. One out of every ten rnen carried a banner 
 fastened to his shoulders and reaching two palms above 
 his head. There were other and larger banners also." 
 
 Repulse of the Chinese. —Then the little force of 
 forty Spanish soldiers came out of the wooden fort that 
 stood near where Forfc Santiago now stands. They killed 
 eighty of the Chinese, losing fourteen of their own men, 
 Sioco retreated to Cavite, where Limahong had now 
 moved with his fleet. This was St. Andrew's day, 
 Noveml3er 30, 1574. Manila had no great stone wall 
 then. The fort was small, without a moat, and surround- 
 ed by a pahsade of stakes. 
 
 The city was filled with terror. Every one was ob- 
 liged to work day and night on the fortifications. These 
 they made by constructing a breastwork of boards, boxes, 
 and barrels filled with sand. This breastwork crossed 
 behind the city from the Pasig to the Bay. 
 
 The Second Attack. — The next day Limahong 
 prepared for a second attack. He was too slow. On the 
 evening of that day Juan de Salcedo sailed into Manila 
 Bay, with six boats and fifty men, to the rescue of 
 Manila. AH were overjoyed to see him. At daybreak 
 
LIMAHONG 59 
 
 the next morning Limahong's fleet sailed fron^ Cavite to 
 Manila, and began to fire its cannon. Then the pirates 
 landed near the city and attacked it in three columns, of 
 about five hundred men each. Those on the tea-shore 
 forced their way into the fort. About eighty of them 
 were killed within its walls. Then the Chinese were 
 driven to their ships. They had burned the Augustinian 
 church and killed only half a dozen Spaniards. 
 
 Revolt of the Filipinos.— The Filipinos were glad to 
 see the Chinese attack the Spaniards. They did not stop 
 to think that the Chinese might prove to be worse masters 
 than the Spaniards. On the day of the second attack 
 they gathered in thousands before Manila in their hancas, 
 ready to avenge themselves on the Spaniards if the 
 Chinese should win. The Moros around Manila captured 
 and robbed the friars who were outside of the city. They 
 killed goats in the churches to show their contempt for the 
 new rehgion. Several Spaniards and their slaves were 
 slain. But when the Moros saw that the Spaniards were 
 victorious they set the captured friars free, and asked 
 pardon for revolting. Several of their chiefs were executed 
 as a punishment. 
 
 Limahong in Pangasinan.— Limahong now sailed 
 to the mouth of the Agno Eiver, in Pangasinan. He 
 built a town, and conquered the surrounding country. 
 What he did shows how foolish it wa'fe for the Filipinos 
 to support him against the Spaniards. He seized several 
 hea,dmen and kept them as hostages. He compelled the 
 natives to bring him food for his army. He robbed them 
 of their wealth and treated them badly. 
 
60 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Salcedo Expels LimahoDg.— Juan de Salcedo was 
 now appointed maestre de canvpo. The Spaniards were 
 called together from all over the Islands to repel the 
 Chinese. In March, 1575, Salcedo set out for Pangasinan 
 with a large fleet. He led two hundred and fifty Spaniards 
 and twenty-five hundred natives, mostly Visayans. At 
 the mouth of the Agno he was fortunate enough to 
 surprise and burn the Chinese fleet. 
 
 Instead of attacking the fort of the Chinese, Salcedo 
 besieged it for four months. The Chinese built thirty 
 boats during this time, and escaped the fourth of August. 
 Thus the Filipinos were freed from the tyranny of a 
 people who would have treated them cruelly. 
 
 Questions ai)d Topics. 
 
 1. What positions did Lavezaris hold ? 
 
 2. How did he spend his time? 
 
 3. What was the condition of the Spaniards in the time of 
 
 Lavezaris ? 
 
 4. Why did the Chinese have banners fastened to their 
 
 shoulders ? 
 
 5. What were the fortifications of Manila in 1574 ? 
 
 6. Describe the conduct of the Filipinos when Limahong 
 
 arrived. 
 
 7. Why did Salcedo besiege the fort instead of assaulting 
 
 it? 
 
 8. How would Chinese government have differed from 
 
 Spanish? 
 
 9. Write a story of the attack by Limahong. 
 
DBEAMS OF CONQUEST 61 
 
 CHAPTER YIII. 
 
 DREAMS OF CONaUEST. 
 
 De Sande Governor— 1575-1580.— De Scande was a 
 judge of the Supreme Court of Mexico. From the time 
 of Legazpi the Philippines were ruled from Mexico as a 
 colony, till that country separated from Spain in 1819. 
 From Mexico came most of the governors, soldiers and 
 ofticials of the Philippines. There many of the laws for 
 these Islands were made, and by its Supreme Court most 
 important matteis were settled. 
 
 De Sande made every one obey the law, but the coun- 
 try was so poor that he could not keep criminals in prison 
 long because their labor was needed to obtain food. In 
 his time the first horses were sent to the Philippines, from 
 China. They were thirteen in number, brought as pre- 
 sents and to sell. It was difficult for De Sande to get 
 servants because they were afraid of the horses. De 
 Sande had many slaves, and lived in greater luxury than 
 Legazpi and Lavezaris. 
 
 De Sande Rebuilds Manila.— De Sande was a very 
 ambitious man. He wished to excel the governors who 
 had ruled before him. He wrote to king Philip : " When 
 your Majesty was pleased to order me to come here, the 
 path was not discovered by which they brought me over 
 the sea, and the land was neither subdued nor peopled." 
 He found Manila nearly burned to the ground, and with- 
 
62 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 out a church. He at once rebuilt the church, started two 
 ship-building yards, and surrounded the city with a 
 palisade and rampart of wood and earth. 
 
 Ambitions of De Sande. — De Sande was very anx- 
 ious to conquer the great kingdom of China. He begged 
 king Philip to allow him to do this, but the king refused. 
 He told De Sande to be friendly w^ith the Chinese, and to 
 give all his strength to ruling the Philippines well. 
 
 Disappointed in this plan, De Sande thought of another 
 field of glory. He learned that the king of Borneo had 
 robbed and kept as slaves Filipino merchants who had 
 come to his country. He also heard that the Borneans 
 were sending Mahometan missionaries to Cebu, Mindoro, 
 and elsewhere in the Philippines. The year before they 
 had prepared a large fleet to attack the Philippines. De 
 Sande therefore wrote a letter to the king of Borneo, 
 demanding that he release all Filipino captives, and restore 
 all the things he had taken from them. He said the 
 king must not send any more Mahometan missionaries 
 to the Philippines, but must allow Catholic missionaries 
 to come to Borneo. 
 
 Conquest of Brunei. — In 1578 De Sande went with a 
 fleet of forty ships, several hundred Spaniards, and about 
 fifteen hundred Filipino soldiers and sailors to the city 
 of Brunei, capital of Borneo. After a short battle De 
 Sande captured the city. He took twenty-seven ships 
 and one hundred and seventy cannon. Then his men 
 fell ill and he was obliged to return to Manila. 
 
 During this expedition he sent some of his ships to Jolo 
 and the Kio Grande de Mindanao. They collected some 
 
DREAMS OF CONQUEST .63 
 
 tribute, but most of the natives fled to the mountains. 
 The next year the collector found them so poor that he 
 returned the tribute. 
 
 Dreams of Conquest. — De Bande was very j)roud of 
 his conquest in Borneo. He had reall}^ done very little 
 for the Philippines. It was a great task for the Filipinos 
 to build him a fleet, and go so far away to fight people 
 they had never seen. Then, after all the expense of con- 
 quest, Borneo was not kept. Most of the early governors 
 thought of little but fleets and armies with which they 
 hoped to conquer new countries. They thought the busi- 
 ness of the government was to raise money by taxes for the 
 king and themselves. They did not understand that they 
 could do this best by teaching the people agriculture and 
 other useful things. The victories of peace are greater 
 than those of war, but war seemed to them more glorious. 
 
 Better Days. — With all its faults the government of 
 Spain in those days was much' better than the condition 
 of things before the conquest. Then every man was 
 afraid of his neighbor ; a man's own brother was his slave. 
 Men feared a thousand demons of the earth, the sea and 
 the air. Life was hard and very uncertam. After the 
 Spaniards came life was still hard, but it was much safer. 
 Trade was better ; people were growing richer in spite of 
 the taxes ; the population was increasing faster, and the 
 Filipinos were becoming more united. 
 
 Ronquillo de Penalosa Governor— 1580-1583. — 
 Eonquillo brought six hundred soldiers to the Philippines 
 at his own expense. In return for this he was to receive 
 the governorship of the Islands for life. He took away 
 
64 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 all royal office from De Sande by what was called the 
 "residencia." 
 
 The "Residencia." — The governor of the Philippines 
 in the old days was very powerful. It was so far to Mexico 
 and Spain that he was' allowed to do what he thought 
 best, like a Idng. No one could disobey him while he 
 held office. At the close of his rule, however, he must 
 stay in the Islands till the governor who followed him 
 had examined all he had done. This examination was 
 called the " residencia." At this time all the governor's 
 accounts were searched to see if he had spent the public 
 money honestly. Any one who thought the old governor 
 had treated him unjustly could come before the new gov- 
 ernor and make a complaint. If it was found that the 
 old governor had not ruled justly he was punished. 
 Sometimes they took away all the property of a governor 
 and put him in prison. 
 
 Union of Portugal with Spain,— In 1580 Philip 
 II conquered Portugal. With this conquest all the Por- 
 tuguese colonies in the East Indies came under the rule of 
 the governor of the Philippines. This union of the 
 two kingdoms lasted till 1640. During this period the 
 governn^ent of the Philippines stretched from India to 
 Japan. It was great task for the Filipinos to find 
 the ships and men to rule so many different and widely 
 separated lands. From this time the governors began 
 to try to make the name of Spain respected in the 
 islands south of the Philippines. 
 
 Expeditions to Borneo and Ternate.— In 1582 
 Philip II ordered the conquest of the Moluccas. They 
 
BREAMS OF CONQUEST 65 
 
 were his in name, but actually in the power of het 
 native Malay tribes. Bonquillo sent an expedition to 
 Borneo in 1581, when he replaced the sultan Sirela on his 
 throne. 
 
 A second expedition under his son Sebastian Eonquillo 
 besieged Ternate, but could not capture it because disease 
 broke out. This little island w^as taken in later years by 
 the Dutch. Its people remained faithful to Spain. They 
 emigrated to Cavite, and there founded a pueblo which 
 they called Ternate. Their descendants still live in this 
 town. 
 
 Japanese Pirates. — The northern coast of Luzon 
 was often attacked by Chinese and Japanese pirates. 
 They would land, burn and rob a town, and then sail 
 away. During Eonquillo's rule a strong force of Japanese 
 pirates captured and held the village at the mouth of the 
 Cagayan Eiver. They were under a leader called Tayfusa, 
 who severely oppressed the natives. Eonquillo sent a 
 force which after heroic fighting drove them away. He 
 deposed the native rulers who were holding the people in 
 bondage. 
 
 Near the mouth of the Cagayan he founded the city of 
 Nueva Segovia, later the seat of a bishopric. The bishop 
 of the see of Nueva Segovia now lives in Vigan, Ilocos 
 Sur. In Eonquillo's time Iloilo, now the second city in 
 the Philippines in importance, was founded. 
 
 The Filipinos' Part in Spanish Conquests.— In all 
 those expeditions the Filipinos toiled to add glory to the 
 flag of Spain. They built the ships, rowed or sailed 
 them, did all the hard work, and often shared in the 
 
66 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 fighting. Thousands of them perished from disease and 
 the sword in the various expeditions of the Spanish. 
 They did not hke this. They were not accustomed to the 
 labor of ship building. They objected to the long weary 
 hours spent at the oars, and felt Httle interest in con- 
 quering the people of far off islands. Most of the king's 
 tribute was spent on war. Many of these wars were for 
 glory and plunder. The expeditions, however, usually 
 cost more than the result was worth. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. From what country were the Philippines ruled till the 
 
 nineteenth century? 
 
 2. When and from what country were horses introduced 
 
 into the Philippines? 
 
 3. What was the chief ambition of De Sande ? 
 
 4. What two complaints had De Sande against the king of 
 
 Borneo ? 
 
 5. Describe De Sande's expedition to Brunei. 
 
 6. What mistake did the early governors make? 
 
 7. Name five particulars in which the condition of the 
 
 Filipinos was improved. 
 
 8. On what condition did Ronquillo come to the Philip- 
 
 pines? 
 
 9. What was the purpose of the " residencia"? 
 
 10. When did Portugal and Spain unite? 
 
 11. What effect did the union of Spain and Portugal have 
 
 on the Philippines? 
 
 12. Who were the actual rulers of the Moluccas in 1582? 
 
 13. How did the pueblo of Ternate in Cavite begin ? 
 
 14. In whose governorship was Iloilo founded? 
 
DREAMS OF CONQUEST 67 
 
 15. What was the object of the expeditions to the Moluccas? 
 
 16. How did the Filipinos feel about the Spanish conquests? 
 
68 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 SALAZAR AND DE VEHA. 
 
 The First Bishop of Manila. — Domingo de Salazar, 
 the first bishop of Manila, arrived in March, 1581. He 
 was a good and earnest ]nan, but not greatly beloved, 
 because he was very stern. In his time the quarrels 
 between church and state began to be serious. There 
 was an encomendero in Mindanao who treated the natives 
 with great harshness. The friar there reproved him and 
 tried to punish him, but the encomendero mocked at him. 
 When Salazar heard of this quarrel he persuaded Kon- 
 quillo to call the encomendero to Manila. Here he suffer- 
 ed the disgrace of excommunication This made the other 
 encomenderos very angry ; for they feared their own evil 
 lives would be punished in the same way. So they com- 
 plained to the governor. This was the beginning of a 
 strife between bishop and governor that lasted till the end 
 of Spanish rule in the Philippines. Under American rule 
 such quarrels are impossible because the duties of the 
 governor and the bishop are separate. Neither can in- 
 terfere with the other. 
 
 De Vera Acting-governor — 1584-1590.— Eonquillo 
 and Salazar had asked the king to establish a Supreme 
 Court in the Philippines. It was hoped that the disputes 
 between church and state could be settled by such a court. 
 In 1584 throe judges arrived, and began the Supreme 
 
SALAZAK AND DE VERA 69 
 
 Court of the Philippines. De Vera, the chief justice, 
 became acting-governor, because Bonquillo had died the 
 year before. It was long the custom in the PhiHppines 
 for the chief justice of the Supreme Court to fill a vacancy 
 in the governorship. 
 
 Scarcity of Food. — Eonquillo had brought so many 
 soldiers to the Philippines that it was difficult to feed 
 them. The population of Manila w^as only a few thou- 
 sand in those days. Many had died in the expeditions of 
 conquest. Others were employed in the ship-yards and 
 upon other public works. 
 
 Meantime, in 1584, twenty-five Chinese ships arrived 
 at Manila bringing four thousand Chinese. These new 
 settlers were merchants and mechanics. They ate a great 
 deal, and of the best kinds of food. The prices of all pro- 
 visions rose. In 1577 one could buy in Manila three 
 hens for one real. A buffalo could be bought for four reals ; 
 a hog for six. By 1584 one hen cost two or three reals 
 and a hog six or seven pesos. Both Spaniards and 
 Filipinos suffered hardships. 
 
 Insurrection in Pampanga.— In 1585, while the 
 soldiers were sick and hungry and many of them without 
 weapons, a revolt broke out in Pampanga. Certain men 
 conspired with some Moros from Borneo who were trading 
 in Manila to burn the city and kill all the Spaniards. 
 The plot was betrayed by a woman, and the disaster 
 avoided. 
 
 Deeds of De Vera. — De Vera was a wiser and stronger 
 man than most of the governors who came before him. 
 He did some useful things for the Islands. In his rule 
 
70 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 the first stone houses were built in Manila. He found 
 that stone could easily be cut from the ledges near the ban lis 
 of the Pasig and brought to Manila in boats So he had 
 twenty stone houses built that there might be less danger 
 from fire. He also built the first stone fort, near where 
 Fort Santio.go now stands. It was called *' Nuestra 
 Seiiora de Guia ". The artillery for this fort was cast by 
 a Pampangan native called Pandapira. De Vera also 
 began to dig the moat which surrounds the city. He 
 built a stone breastwork along the river front. The great 
 wall was not begun till later. 
 
 Cost of the Conquest.— All these military works cost 
 a great deal for those days. The fort and moat were 
 paid for by a tax of one real on each married man and 
 half a real on each single man. The total cost of con- 
 quering and holding tlie Philippines from the time of 
 Legazpi till 1586 had been 3,000,000 ]3esos. This was 
 equal in value to at least 16,000,000 pesos today, because 
 money would buy much more then than now. Only 
 a small part of this sum was paid by the tribute from the 
 natives. The Islands were a heavy tax upon the treasury 
 'of Spain. 
 
 Aims of Spain in the Conquest.— The old Spanish 
 kings who conquered and held these Islands had three 
 aims in so doing. Pirst they desired to m.ake money by 
 trade and taxes. The rare and costly goods brought 
 from the East filled their minds with visions of wealth. 
 Charles 1. expected that Magellan's ships would return 
 laden with riches. The letters between the kings and the 
 leaders of the expeditions say a great deal about trade, 
 
SALAZAR AND DE VERA 71 
 
 spices and gold mines. The conquerors hurried from 
 island to island, hoping for new treasures from each newly 
 discovered land. They were bitterly disappointed to get 
 so small a reward. Yet when they had once taken the 
 new lands it was hard to give them up. 
 
 The Glory of Empire. — A second ,£!,im in the conquest 
 was the glory of empire. Spain was one of the richest 
 and proudest of the kingdoms of Europe in those days 
 Her empire extended around the world. The sun never 
 set upon her possessions. The sailors and soldiers who 
 raised the banner of Spain in new lands were richly 
 rewarded. The king gave them pensions, and titles of 
 nobility. Both monarch and subjects delighted to boast 
 of the wide dominion of the crown of Spain. There is a 
 feeling which every great people has that where its flag is 
 once raised it should never be lowered. So while gain 
 was one of the first thoughts of the Spanish conquerors it 
 was not the only one. 
 
 The Triumph of the Cross.—The Spanish monarchs 
 were Catholic kings. They thought that the cross must 
 always go with the flag. Side by side with the soldier 
 went, the missionary. The king felt that he was conquer- 
 ing for God as well as for himself. This was why he did 
 not ask the inhabitants of new lands if they wished to 
 serve him. He beheved he had the only true religion. 
 He was given by the Pope the right to subdue pagan 
 nations and compel them to be baptized. So even if it 
 cost vastly more to conquer these lands than they return- 
 ed to his treasury he could not give them up. He 
 believed this would mean the loss of many souls. 
 
72 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Philip III and Moraga.— We may see how the kings 
 of Spain felt about these things from the reply of Philip 
 III to Moraga. About the year 1619 some of the 
 counsellors of the king were advising him to give up the 
 Philippines. Some thought they were too expensive ; 
 others said it was not right to compel a people to accept a 
 new religion by the power of the sword. The Franciscan, 
 Moraga, now arrived at the court of Philip III. "When 
 he heard that the Philippines might be abandoned by 
 Spain he was full of grief ; for he thought all the work of 
 the Catholic missionaries there would be lost. He threw 
 himself at the feet of the king, and begged him not to give 
 up the Islands. Philip III replied : " Depart with God, 
 Father Moraga, certain that it shall not be said of me that 
 I abandoned what my father conquered and left to me." 
 
 The Memorial to the King.— In 1586 the General 
 Council of Manila, composed of all the leading men, sent 
 a long letter to the king asking for many reforms. The 
 governor, the bishop, and all civil and military officials 
 united in the choice of the Jesuit, Alonso Sanchez, to take 
 this memorial to the king. Sanchez went to Spain. 
 After much talking, the king finally decided to change 
 many things in the Philippines. The decree ordering 
 these changes is called the reform decree of 1589. 
 
 Reform Decree of 1589.~The principal things in 
 this decree were the following : 
 
 (1) Twelve thousand ducats were to be spent in repair- 
 ing and ornamenting the cathedral and convents. The 
 cathedral at that time was built of "wood and straw, 
 poor and weatherbeaten and deprived of necessities". 
 
SALAZAR AND DE VERA 73 
 
 (2) Many friars were to be sent to the Islands. They 
 must stay for hfe unless excused by the bishop. This was 
 ordered because the friars had been going to Japan and 
 China instead of staying in the Philippines. They were 
 Hke the governors. They wanted to make new conquests 
 before the first ones were completed. 
 
 (3) Native girls who should marry poor Spaniards 
 were to receive dowries. 
 
 - (4) The governor was forbidden to give an encomienda 
 to any one who had not worked in it for three years. It 
 was desired to give the natives an example of industry. 
 Nor could the governor give encomiendas to his friends, 
 relatives or servants, unless they were worthy. Some 
 worthless people from Mexico were getting encomiendas 
 while men who had lived and fought for years in the 
 Philippines had none. 
 
 (5) No new slaves were to be made. Those born of 
 slave parents were to be free. 
 
 (6J The Supreme Court was to be taken away. It 
 had not succeeded in settHng the difficulties between the 
 Church and the State The king now sent a governor of 
 his own choice in whom he had full confidence. 
 
 ftuestion and Topics. 
 
 1. Tell the incident of the encoinendero of Mindanao. 
 
 2. What does this show about churcli and state ? 
 
 3. Are such quarrels possible today ? 
 
 4. Why was a Supreme Court established in the Philip- 
 
 pines ? 
 
 5. What position did the chief justice often fill ? 
 
74 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 6. Why did food become dear in Manila in 1584? 
 
 7. What publie works did Da Vera construct? 
 
 8. What did the first thirty years of Spanish conquest in 
 
 the Philippines cost ? 
 
 9. What were the three aims of the kings of Spain in 
 
 the conquest ? 
 
 10. When colonies were costly why did they not give 
 
 them up ? 
 
 11. AYhat was the answer of Philip III to Moraga ? 
 
 12. What does this answer show was his principal aim ? 
 
 13. Who was the messenger of Manila to the king in 1586? 
 
 14. To what did the six principal commands of the decree 
 
 of 1589 relate? 
 
A EOTAL GOVERNOR 75 
 
 CHAPTER X, 
 
 A ROYAL GOVERNOR. 
 
 Das Marinas.— This man was the wisest and strongest 
 of the early governors. Philip II trusted Das Marinas fully. 
 The king desired to treat the Filipinos justly and kindly. 
 But he was a long distance from the Philippines. The 
 officials of Mexico did not always tell him the truth about 
 these Islands. The governors and the bishop had written 
 him different stories about the treatment of the Filipinos 
 by the Spaniards. So he sent Das Marinas from Spain to 
 tell him the truth. The governors before Das Marinas had 
 been chosen by the viceroy or the Supreme Court of 
 Mexico. Das Marinas was a royal governor. The king 
 gave him more power than any governor before him. 
 
 Das Marinas worked very hard for the good of the 
 Philippines. But he received little help from Mexico 
 because the rulers there were jealous of him. Nor did 
 he and old Bishop Salazar agree. 
 
 Spain's Treatment of the Filipinos— The new 
 governor did not think the friars had treated the natives 
 of the Philippines justly. On the other hand Bishop 
 Salazar did not think the governors and soldiers had done 
 right. Each tried to prove to the king that he was the 
 best friend of the natives. 
 
 Salazar's Opinion of the Governors.— Salazar 
 wrote to the king : " The natives are so harassed with 
 
76 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 public and private undertakings that they are not 
 able to take breath." He said also : " The Spaniards 
 came to this country in name as conquerors but in fact as 
 destroyers." 
 
 Neglect of E,eligious Instruction. — It was the duty 
 of the encomenderos to give one fourth of the tribute for 
 the support of churches and friars in their districts. 
 Salazar said : "Of ten divisions of this bishopric, eight 
 have no instruction." The bishop said the fault for this 
 was the neglect of the governor to make the encomenderos 
 do their duty. He wrote to Das Marinas : " "Who doubts 
 that the preaching of the gospel is the most important 
 thing for which we have come here ? But yet I see that 
 we care least for this. If you do not think so look at 
 the progress of the natives. I know very well that there 
 is plenty of care about temporal things. As long as these 
 are present, religious instruction must stop, or the Indians 
 must support it even if they never understand it. So we 
 all say that the Gospel is the principal thing, but our 
 works show what it is that we care most about,'' 
 
 Das Marinas' Opinion of the Friars.— Everything 
 in history has two sides. So we must hear what Das 
 Marinas wrote the king about the friars. Each was trying 
 to tell the best story possible. Probably neither the 
 Bishop nor the governor was so much at fault as each 
 painted the other to the king. 
 
 Das Marinas said that the friars and Bishop Salazar 
 interfered with the governor, and took away the respect of 
 the Filipinos for the king. Of the natives he said : " They 
 recognize no other king or superior than the father of the 
 
A BOYAIi GOVEENOR 77 
 
 doctrina and are more attentive to his demands than to 
 those of the governor." He said the friars did not treat 
 the Filipinos kindly. His words v^ere: "The friars 
 make use of them by hundreds as slaves, in their rowing, 
 works, services and other ways, without paying them, 
 and whipping them as if they were highwaymen." 
 
 The Friars as Merchants. — Das Marinas said of the 
 friars : " The clergy are all better merchants than students 
 of Latin." The friars of those times were accustomed to 
 buy much Chinese merchandise, and send it on ships to 
 Mexico. There they sold it at a great j)i'ofit. In the 
 galleon " Sant Felippe," which sailed from Cavite in 1591, 
 Bishop Salazar sent fifteen bales and thirty-three boxes 
 of merchandise. Other friars sent several bales of goods 
 each. It may be said in defence of the friars that they 
 received small pay at this time, and that they wanted to 
 use the profits of this trade in the support of the church. 
 
 Restitution to the Filipinos by the Conquerors. — 
 
 It was the opinion of Salazar and of nearly all the friars 
 that the early conquerors of the Philippines did wrong. 
 Thej thought that it was unjust to conquer people without 
 teaching them the Christian religion. They said that the 
 natives ought to receive Christian instruction in return for 
 the taxes they paid. King Philip II when he heard that 
 some of the natives had been paying taxes for many 
 years without religious teaching was deeply grieved. He 
 ordered in the decree of 1589 that the early conquerors 
 pay back to the Filipinos the taxes which they had 
 collected from them at the time when they had no priests 
 of Christianity. 
 
Is HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Salazar refused to confess and absolve the Spanish en- 
 eomenderos who did not do this. Some money had been 
 collected to restore to the Filipinos, Das Marinas said of 
 the bishop : " From these restitutions he gave pensions to 
 whomsoever he wished, and took such part as he wished 
 for his own house/' The governor complained that while 
 the cathedral was still unfinished the Bishop was living in 
 a fine house. 
 
 Das Marinas wrote to the king that it would need 
 150,000 pesos to make proper restitution to the Filipinos 
 for taxing them, without teaching them religion. Veiy 
 little of this money was ever paid to the Filipinos. The 
 Philippines were so far away that the rulers did not 
 always obey the king's decrees. So the restitution was 
 never made. There were, however, juster laws made 
 about taxes. Das Marinas ordered that in encomiendas 
 where there were judges, but no priests, only three -fourths 
 of the tribute should be collected. If there was neither 
 judge nor priest no tax was to be collected. So we see 
 that the leading Spaniards of those days tried to do justly. 
 
 Building of the Walls of Manila.— Das Marinas 
 found the PhiHppines threatened by the Moros, the 
 Chinese and the Japanese. He determined to build a 
 fort and a wall at Manila as a protection against these 
 enemies. It was difficult to get money for these works. 
 He taxed playing cards for this purpose ; also the goods of 
 all merchants. The bishop and friars opposed this because 
 they were trading. They said that the natives did not 
 ask for the wall. But Das Marinas was determined to 
 build it. He wrote to the king: "I have begun the 
 
A ROYAL GOVERNOR 79 
 
 walls at the jjoint where the fort was being built. It is 
 nine feet above the ground and the foundation is of the 
 same depth. It is from sixteen to twelve and eight feet 
 wide on top, according to the plan." It took many years 
 to make the walls as we see them now. Many different 
 governors added to them, so that they grew wide and 
 thick. Das Mariilas also built Fort Santiago. 
 
 Decay of the Cotton Industry.— Before the Span- 
 iards came the Filipinos grew their own cotton and made 
 their own cloth. When they began to earn money from the 
 Spaniards they bought their cloth of the Chinese. They 
 still raised cotton, but they sold it to the Chinese. This 
 cotton was taken to China, woven into cloth, then brought 
 back to Manila and sold to the Filipinos. By and by the 
 Filipinos did not even raise the cotton. Then the price of 
 cloth was put higher and higher by the Chinese. Thus 
 an industry was lost which was of great benefit to the 
 Philippines. Cotton grows very well in these Islands. 
 It is best for a country to make all that it needs for itself. 
 At this time the Filipinos were spending on Chinese goods, 
 chiefly cottons and silks, about 200,000 pesos a year. 
 
 A Change for the Worse. — In the time of Das 
 Marinas an inquiry was made about the former habits of 
 the Filipinos. Several Filipinos said, under oath, that 
 before the Spaniards came the natives lived in villages 
 and worked upon their crops. The chiefs were obeyed 
 and respected and there was plenty to eat. But after 
 they found they could get money by working for Span- 
 iards they left their villages and gave them'selves up to 
 vice and wandering. They found it easy to buy what 
 
80 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 they needed after working awhile. Then they spent 
 their spare time in evil wa^ s. Before the conquest they 
 had to work all the time. But now, since so many had 
 left the fields, food had become scarce and dear. Civiliza- 
 tion always brings some evils with it. Those who are not 
 strong cannot stand the freedom and the changes that it 
 brings. Whatever losses the Filipinos suffered, there was 
 much that they gained. 
 
 Conquest of Zambales. — The Negritos of the Zam- 
 bales mountains had for centuries robbed and killed the 
 Pampangans, their neighbors. So Das Marinas resolved 
 to make war on them. The way he did it shows how 
 the Spaniards used the Filipinos to help them. 
 
 In 1591 he sent six Spanish captains against the Ne- 
 gritos. Each captain led twenty Spanish soldiers and 
 five or six hundred Pampangans. They entered the 
 Zambales mountains by six different roads. Then they 
 burned the houses and crops of the Negritos. They cap- 
 tured 2500 men and women. Of most of these they 
 made slaves. Four hundred of them were put as rowers 
 into four new boats which Das Marinas had built. These 
 boats were propelled by fifty or sixty long oars each. It 
 was very hard work to pull these oars all day. The 
 Filipinos never liked this work. Yet they did a great 
 deal of it for the Spaniards. A slave who was used in 
 rowing by the Spaniards was given freedom after three 
 years of this work. 
 
 The Great Fleet. — Like the governors before him 
 Das Marinas wanted to conquer the Moluccas. The king 
 had given a special order that this be done. So Das 
 
A EOYAL GOVERNOR 81 
 
 Marinas made many natives cut trees in the forests of 
 Bulacan. This timber was carried to Cavite and made 
 into ships. By 1593 Das Marinas had two hundred 
 ships, large and small. To build and equip these ships 
 was a great task for the Fihpinos. It would have been 
 much better for them to cultivate the fields, and learn to 
 make the things they were buying of the Chinese. 
 
 Das Marinas sent the fleet ahead to Iloilo. It 
 carried one thousand Spaniards, four hundred Tagalog 
 and Pampangan arquebusiers, one thousand Visayans, 
 armed with lances and bows, and five hundred Chinese 
 rowers. 
 
 Death of Das Marinas.— Das Marinas with forty 
 companions, among them several captains and friars, sail- 
 ed a few days later in a boat propelled by one hundred 
 and fifty Chinese rowers. At the island of Caya, near 
 the coast of Batangas, the Chinese killed twenty-one of 
 the Spaniards, including the governor. So perished one 
 of the best governors the Philippines ever had. 
 
 Manila in Das Marinas' time.— Das Marinas left 
 Manila a different city from what he found it. He had 
 surrounded it with a wall. He had built barracks, store- 
 houses, hospitals, public markets, and the college of Santa 
 Potenciana. The Cathedral was completed by him. His 
 rule was a time of great activity. Manila became a city 
 of stone instead of bamboo. The foundations of Spanish 
 rule were for the first time firmly laid. 
 
82 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Who chose Das Marinas for governor ? 
 
 2. Why was it difficult for the king to know the truth 
 
 about the Philippines ? 
 
 3. What dispute arose between Das Marinas and Salazar ? 
 
 4. What proportion of the Islands had religious instruction 
 
 in 1590 ? 
 
 5. What opinion had the friars of the Spanish conquerors ? 
 
 6. How did Salazar try to enforce restitution ? 
 
 7. AVhat change did Das Marinas make in the taxes? 
 
 8. How was money raised to build the wall of Manila? 
 
 9. Describe the first wall of Manila. 
 
 10. What effect did the coming of the Spaniards have on tlie 
 
 cotton industry ? 
 
 11. Can you think of some evils civilization brings to 
 
 barbariaii people ? 
 
 12. What changes did Das Marinas make in the city of 
 
 Manila ? 
 
THE GALLEONS 83 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 THE VOYAGES OF THE GALLEONS. 
 
 The Chinese Trade. — It is impossible to understand 
 the history of the Philippines unless we know something 
 of the early trade with China. In the time of Das 
 Marinas twenty or thirty Chinese junks came to Manila 
 every year. They brought porcelain, silks, cottons, cloths 
 ornamented with gold and silver, jewels, copper and iron 
 vases, curious ornaments of ivory and wood, besides many 
 kinds of food, and buffaloes, horses and cows. 
 
 Commerce with Mexico. — Most of the goods that 
 the Chinese brought were bought by merchants who sent 
 them to Mexico. Here they were sold at a very high 
 price. The profits of this trade were so tempting that 
 everybody engaged in it. The g )vernor, the judges, the 
 bishop and friars, the army officers — all tried to get rich 
 from the commerce with Mexico. 
 
 No Room for Filipinos. — There were only one or 
 two ships a year to Mexico from Manila. So only the 
 rich and the powerful could send their goods. There was 
 not room on the ships for the cargoes of all who wished 
 to engage in this trade. Therefore the Pilipinos did not 
 get much advantage from it. They helped load and 
 unload the ships, received some of the money the Spaniards 
 spent, but very few became rich merchants. The proper 
 business of the Islands was neglected. Manila became 
 
84 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 the place where the goods of one foreign country were 
 bought and sent to another foreign country. 
 
 Yet the galleon trade was the foundation of the wealth 
 of Manila. The money was made by working for three 
 months. Then the merchants lived in ease and luxury 
 the rest of the year. The people who made money 
 from this trade often spent it foolishly, or else went 
 away to Mexico and Spain. Agriculture and the 
 native industries were neglected. Manila grew rich and 
 powerful, while the rest of the Philippines was neglected. 
 
 The Galleons. — This trade was so rich that the king 
 allowed no ships but his to carry goods to Mexico. 
 These ships, built for the trade between Manila and 
 Mexico, were called wao.s de Acapulco, or galleons. 
 They were owned and sailed by the government. In 
 fact they were royal trading and treasure ships. They 
 carried also the goods of private merchants. These ships 
 sailed first from Navidad, but after 1602 from Acapulco. 
 The last galleon left Manila in 1811. The last to come 
 from Mexico was in 1815. 
 
 The galleons were short, broad ships with very high 
 bow and stern. For those days they were large ships. 
 Now they would seem small. They were about the size 
 of the steamers which run from Manila to Iloilo and 
 Vigan. Usually they were built in Cavite. Although 
 small, they had four decks, and carried sometimes forty 
 cannon to protect them from enemies. 
 
 The Voyage Across the Pacific.— The galleon 
 sailed from Manila in July. The voyage across the 
 Pacific to Acapulco was long and dangerous. It took four 
 
THE GALLEONS 85 
 
 to six months. In the early days one-fourth of the pas- 
 sengers often died from the hardships of the voyage. 
 Nearly every one who travelled from Spain to the Philip- 
 pines came on the galleons. Sometimes four or five 
 hundred persons were crowded into the ship. They were 
 soldiers, friars, government officials, merchants and 
 travellers. It cost from five hundred to one thousand 
 pesos each way for a private person to cross the ocean in 
 a galleon. Often the food became scarce. The water, 
 kept so many months in wooden casks, became hot and 
 foul. Many galleons were wrecked. Others were 
 captured by English or Dutch corsairs. It was so 
 difficult and dangerous a voyage that many persons spent 
 their lives in the Philippines because they could not get 
 the money or had not the courage to return to Spain. 
 
 Arrival of the Galleon.— The voyage from Mexico 
 to Manila was much easier. It was made in forty to 
 sixty days. The galleon stopped at Guam for water. It 
 entered by the Strait of San Bernardino. A watchman 
 on Mt. Buliisan, when he saw the ship on the horizon, 
 sent the news to Manila as quickly as possible. Then the 
 bells rang for joy, and all was excitement. The merchants 
 were expecting the money for the cargo they had sent the 
 year before to Mexico. The church looked for new priests 
 to take the places of those who had died. The army 
 awaited fresh soldiers. The governor looked for replies 
 from the king to his requests, or perhaps for the arrival 
 of his successor. Friends watched for those who were 
 coming for the first time to the Philippines. 
 
 In short, there was no one in Manila who did not feel 
 
86 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 an interest in the arrival of the galleon. In years when 
 the galleon did not arrive, many articles became scarce 
 dnd high in price. The wrecking or capture of the 
 galleon meant a hard j^ear for many poor people. 
 
 Loss of the Galleons. — The officers of the galleons 
 received very high salaries. The commander was called 
 '' General ". His salary was 40,000 pesos a year. The 
 pilot received 20,000 pesos. These positions were filled by 
 the governor. Too often he appointed favorites These 
 i^en were not always good sailors. About ten galleons were 
 wrecked at different times in the Strait of San Bernardino, 
 upon its dangerous rocks and shoals. Several sailed from 
 Manila and were never seen again. Hundreds of lives 
 and millions of pesos were thus lost to the Philippines. 
 It would have been better to have had smaller vessels and 
 more of them. Then in case of loss the Islands could 
 have borne it more easily. 
 
 Capture of the "Sancta Ana." — In 1585 the young 
 English captain. Cavendish, came through the Strait of 
 Magellan. He sailed up the coast of South America, 
 capturing sixteen Spanish ships. Near the coast of Cali- 
 fornia, he waited for the galleon from the Phihppines. 
 That year it was the Sanda Ana, richly laden. She had 
 many cannon, but they were carried as ballast. Cavendish 
 captured nearly a million pesos' worth of booty. He is 
 said to have entered London with sails made of silk and 
 damask. After burning the Sanda Ana, he sailed to the 
 Moluccas, then around the Cape of Good Hope to London, 
 Watchmen were kept on several of the promontories of 
 the Philippines to report the coming of such corsairs. 
 
THE GALLEONS 87 
 
 The Royal Subsidy. — The Philippines for many 
 years received annually a sum of money from the royal 
 treasury in Mexico to help pay the expenses of the govern- 
 ment here. This was called the real situado, or royal 
 subsidy. The taxes collected from the Filipinos were used 
 to buy Chinese goods. These were shipped to Mexico in 
 the galleons. There they w^ere sold, and the money sent 
 back to the Philippines. Enough money or goods was 
 added to pay the expenses of the government here. In 
 1665 the subsidy was fixed at 250,000 pesos. Sometimes 
 it was more ; sometimes less. On the whole these Islands 
 cost the treasury of Spain much more than she ever receiv- 
 ed from them. There were merchants and officials who 
 made large fortunes in the Philippines Often they did 
 this by dishonesty to the government and injustice to the 
 Filipinos. But the Islands never paid a lasting profit to 
 the king. 
 
 ftuestions and Topics. 
 
 1. What kinds of goods were brought from China to the 
 
 Philippines? 
 
 2. What classes of people engaged in the trade with 
 
 Mexico ? 
 
 3. Why could not all engage in the galleon trade? 
 
 4. Mention the evils of the galleon trade. 
 
 5. Trace the course of the galleons on the map. 
 
 6. What classes of people travelled on the galleons? 
 
 7. At what point did the galleon enter the Philippines? 
 8- Why were so many galleons lost ? 
 
 9. What was the royal subsidy ? 
 
88 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XII, 
 
 THE WARS WITH THE DUTCH. 
 
 The Dutch Conquer the Moluccas.— When Philip 
 II annexed Portugal in 1580 he forbade the Dutch to 
 buy eastern goods there. Therefore the Dutch began to 
 conquer the Moluccas. In 1598 they defeated the 
 combined fleets of Portugal and Spain, and established 
 trading posts in Java and Johore. Then they grew bold 
 and sent a strong fleet under Admiral Van Noort to 
 attack Manila. With four large ships the Dutch admiral 
 appeared in Manila Bay in December, 1600. His was the 
 first fleet to attack Manila since the days of Limahong. 
 Fortunately there was a brave and able leader to oppose 
 Van Noort. 
 
 Antonio de Morga. — De Morga had come to the 
 Philippines a few years before. He served as judge and 
 lieutenant-governor from 1595 to 1596. He is best known 
 by his book, Sucesos de las Filipinas. This book was 
 published in Mexico in 1609. It was the first full history 
 of the early days of the Spanish rule in the Philippines. 
 Jose Kizal reprinted De Morga's work in Paris, 1890. 
 He added notes of his own. In these notes Rizal claims 
 that the Filipinos were more advanced in civilization at 
 the time of the conquest than they were after three 
 centuries of Spanish rule. He says that then they could 
 make cannon, build big boats, and do other things that 
 
^ARS WITH THE DUTCH 89 
 
 they have now forgotten how to do, or that others do for 
 them. Some FiHpino writers think Kizal was right. 
 Others say that he was mistaken, and that the true glory 
 of the Filipino is to be found in the use he makes of the 
 present and the future. Every one must read the story 
 of those times and judge for himself. 
 
 The Defeat of Van Noort.— De Morga was made 
 commander of the force chosen to defend Manila against 
 the Dutch. There were two old ships at Cavite. These 
 were hastily fitted for battle. The cannon were too heavy 
 for the ships, and soldiers and sailors were few. The 
 battle was long and fierce. The Spaniards showed great 
 bravery. The Dutch flagship was burned, another ship 
 captured, while the remaining two escaped. De Morga's 
 ship was sunk. He himself was four hours in the water 
 before he reached the shore. 
 
 Some prisoners were captured. They were Protes- 
 tants. The friars tried to convert them to Catholicism. 
 All but one became Catholics. These were hung, while 
 the one captain who refused to change his religion was 
 garroted and thrown into the sea. 
 
 The Dutch as Colonizers.— The object of the Dutch 
 in their conquest of the Indies was commerce. They did 
 not try to Christianize or educate the natives, as the 
 Spaniards did. They taught the natives of Java and 
 other islands they ruled to cultivate the ground properly. 
 They preserved order among them, and guarded them 
 from foreign enemies. But they gave them little liberty. 
 
 The Dutch now rule with an iron hand forty millions 
 of Malays in the islands south of the Philippines. These 
 
90 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 islands under Dutch rule have been more prosperous and 
 peaceful than the Philippines. But the people are not 
 treated with the same respect and kindness as in the 
 Philippines. If a native of good position in the Dutch 
 colonies meets a Dutchman of humble rank he must 
 dismount from his horse and take off his hat to the 
 Dutchman. The native princes have been allowed much 
 power and liberty by the Dutch, but the common people 
 have always been treated by them as children. Perhaps 
 it was fortunate for the Philippines that the Spaniards 
 drove away the Dutch from these Islands. 
 
 Acuna's Expedition, — In 1606 Governor Bravo de 
 Acufia set out to take the Moluccas from the Dutch. He 
 fitted out a fleet of five large ships and thirty smaller 
 ones. Fourteen hundred Spaniards and sixteen hundred 
 Filipinos went with him. Two years before, eight hun- 
 dred soldiers had come from Mexico. With them were sent 
 200,000 ducats, as w^ell as cannon and war supplies for a 
 campaign in the Moluccas. Acu fia made the first successful 
 expedition of the Spaniards for the conquest of the Moluc- 
 cas. He seized Tidor, and stormed the fort at Ternate. 
 The chief of Ternate submitted to Spain, giving up to 
 Acuna his Spanish and Dutch prisoners. Acufia took the 
 son of the chief and twenty-four others as hostages. After 
 taking possession of several smaller islands he returned 
 to Manila. • 
 
 The Battle of Mariveles. — The next great battle with 
 the Dutch was fought near Mariveles. The Dutch ad- 
 miral, Wittert, held the entrance to Manila Bay for five 
 months in the year 1609. He did not dare to attack 
 
WAES WITH THE DUTCH 91 
 
 Manila, on account of the strength of the fort and walls. 
 But he captured many Chinese and Japanese trading- 
 ships on their wa)^ to Manila. 
 
 At this time Juan de Silva was governor. Manila was 
 almost without ships of war. Six small ships were has- 
 tily built at Cavite, while Wittert was plundering the 
 ships that tried to enter the Bay. The church bells of 
 Manila were melted into cannon. The iron gratings were 
 torn from the windows of the houses to make nails and 
 cannon-balls. Finall}'' the fleet was ready. Silva sailed 
 to Mariveles and attacked Wittert. The battle lasted 
 six hours. The Dutch were completely defeated. Two 
 hundred and fifty men were captured, besides half a 
 million pesos in money and goods. There was great 
 rejoicing in Manila when the victorious fleet returned. 
 The friars persuaded the captured Dutch to give up their 
 Protestantism. They spared the lives of those who be- 
 came Catholics. 
 
 Silva's Great Fleet.— Silva now determined to build 
 a fleet which should drive the Dutch from the seas. For 
 years the natives of Pampanga and Bulacan toiled in the 
 forests cutting trees for ship-building. In the Cavite ship- 
 yard FiHpino mechanics shaped the boats and cast the 
 cannon that were to bring victory to Spain. In 1616 
 Silva sailed in search of the Dutch fleet. He had fourteen 
 large ships and many small ones, carrying three hundred 
 cannon. Two thousand Spaniards and three thousand 
 Filipinos manned this fleet. The flagship, SjQivadgra, 
 was two thousand tons in size, perhaps the largest ship 
 ever built in the Philippines. 
 
92 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 The Dutch had heard of the great preparations to break 
 their power. They were careful to keep out of the reach 
 of this mighty squadron. Silva hunted the Dutch for 
 two months in vain. Then he died in Malacca of fever. 
 His ships returned to Manila, to the joy of its anxious 
 inhabitants. 
 
 The Battle of Playa Honda. — The Dutch, hearing 
 of the death of their dreaded enemy, again invaded the 
 seas of the PhiHppines. "With ten ships they appeared at 
 Playa Honda, a beach on the coast of Zambales. 
 
 Juan Eonquillo, attacked the Dutch fleet with nine 
 ships April 14, 1617. He captured three ships, destroy- 
 ed two, while the remaining five fled. The captain of 
 the " San Marcos," one of the Spanish ships, was a 
 coward. He fled with his ship to the coast of Ilocos. 
 Meeting two of the Dutch ships here, he refused to 
 fight, beaching his ship to save his life. A Dutch sailor, 
 seeing this, cried to him in Spanish : " Vile traitor, 
 would it not be more to your credit to lose that great ship 
 in battle than to destroy it with such cowardice ? " The 
 Spanish captain, Vega, returned safely to Manila by land. 
 Being the son of a man of influence, he was not punished. 
 Such cowardice was rare. There were many battles with 
 the Dutch besides these, and the Spaniards showed them- 
 selves better and braver fighters than their foes. 
 
 Attack on Cavite— 1647.— The last great sea battle 
 with the Dutch was fought in 1647. That year twelve 
 large ships sailed into Manila Bay. The flagship went 
 ahead to Cavite and fired at Fort San Felipe. The fort 
 was wholly unprepared for an attack. Had the Dutch 
 
WAES WITH THE DUTCH 93 
 
 adrairal fought that day, Cavite would have fallen. 
 General Corcuera was a prisoner in the fort. When he 
 saw the ]J)utch ship sail back to Mariveles, he cried out, 
 " Wretched soldier, today you have lost the victory." 
 Three days later when the Dutch fleet attacked the fort, 
 all was ready. Their fleet fired more than 2000 cannon- 
 balls at the fort, but was driven away. Their flagship 
 was wrecked, and the admiral killed. 
 
 Massacre of Abiicay. — The Dutch now retreated to 
 Mariveles and tried their fortune on land. They attacked 
 the pueblo of Abucay, in Bataan. The alcalde had 
 six hundred Filipino soldiers. He shut himself up with 
 them in the convent. The Dutch surrounded the building, 
 and demanded the surrender of the force. On the advice 
 of some friars, the alcalde yielded without fighting. The 
 Dutch had promised to spare the lives of the soldiei-s. 
 But when they entered the convent they massacred over 
 four hundred of them in the gallery of the convent. War 
 was very cruel in those days, and often carried on without 
 honor. The Dutch acted little better than pirates. 
 
 Defeat of the Dutch. — After this massacre the Dutch 
 grew very bold and robbed the country near their camp. 
 Captain Chaves with three companies of troops, mostly 
 Pampangans, attacked them in the pueblo of Abucay. He 
 slew the Dutch without mercy at the same place where 
 they had shown no mercy to the FiHpinos. Then 
 an epidemic fell upon the Dutch and they sailed away. 
 After this defeat they gave up the attempt to conquer 
 the Philippines. Fifty years of war with these cruel and 
 greedy conquerors had cost the Filipinos many lives and 
 
94 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 ships. Spaniards and Filipinos had fought bravely to- 
 gether against the common enemy. 
 
 Filipino Loyalty. — In those days there were many 
 Filipinos who weie very loyal to Spain and proud of the 
 Spanish flag. They had never seen Spain defeated. 
 They believed she was the greatest nation on the face of 
 the earth. Pirates of many nations sailed the seas then, 
 and the Filipinos were glad of the protection of a strong 
 hand. The people were simple and ignorant. They 
 knew nothing of sach words as " republic ", " equality ", 
 " reform ". When they rebelled, as they sometimes did, 
 it was because of some particular hardship in one locahty. 
 They had no thought of uniting all the islands under a 
 free, equal and just government by all the people. Those 
 who took refuge from the Spaniards in the mountains 
 had no hesitation in robbing and killing their fellow 
 countrymen as in the days before the conquest. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Why did the Dutch try to conquer the Moluccas? 
 
 2. For what is Antonio de Morga most famous ? 
 
 3. What was Rizal's opinion of the state of the Filipinos 
 
 at the time of the conquest ? 
 
 4. What was done to the Dutch captured in 1600? 
 
 5. What was the difference between the aims of the Dutch 
 
 and the Spanish ? 
 G. How do the Dutch treat their Malay subjects? 
 
 7. What were the results of Acuiia's expedition ? 
 
 8. Why did the Spanish spare the lives of the captives 
 
 from Wittert's fleet ? 
 
WAES WITH aHE DUTCH 95 
 
 9, What was the object of Silva's great expediton ? 
 
 10. Why did it fail ? 
 
 11. What part did the Filipinos take in Silva's expedition? 
 
 12. Why did the Spaniards defeat the Dutch so often ? 
 
 13. Why is a massacre dishonorable ? 
 
 14. Why were the Filipinos of the days of Silva loyal to 
 
 Spain ? 
 
 15. What was the motive of the early revolts ? 
 
96 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 THE CHIKTESE IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY. 
 
 Arrival of the Chinese. — Long before the Spaniards 
 came to the Philippines the people of China traded with 
 the Filipinos. But onlj^ a few Chinese made their homes 
 in the Philippines in those early days. The country was 
 not safe for strangers. When Legazpi came to Manila 
 there were about one hundred and fifty Chinese living in 
 the town. The Spaniards in those days encouraged the 
 Chinese to come to Manila and settle. They wanted them 
 to build houses, row in the boats, and make and sell the 
 things which the Filipinos did not use. De Morga said : 
 " It is true the town cannot exist without the Chinese, 
 as they are workers in all trades and occupations, very 
 industrious and work for small pay." The Chinese came 
 so rapidly that by 1600 there were more Chinese than 
 Filipinos in Manila. It was necessary to make them 
 live in one place when they became numerous. Then they 
 could be more easily watched. Therefore a building was 
 made for them. 
 
 The Alcaycena . and the Parian. — ^The Alcayceria 
 was a huge building built by Konquillo in 1581 for the 
 Chinese. Its first site was on Calle San Fernando, 
 Binondo. There the Chinese merchants who came to 
 Manila lived and traded. In 1582 this building burned 
 to the ground. The following year a new Alcayceria, 
 
THE CHINESE 97. 
 
 called the Faridn (Mexican for '' market-place "), was 
 built where the Botanical Gardens now are. It consisted 
 of four long rows of buildings. These structures were 
 built on the four sides of a square. In the middle was a 
 small lake, long since filled with earth. A creek led from 
 this lake to the Eiver Pasig. The Chinese boats laden with 
 merchandise would come to this lake and unload silks, 
 cottons and other wares. In these great buildings lived 
 thousands of Chinese. Here they carried on all kinds of 
 trades and sold n:iany things the Filipinos had never 
 before seen. The Parian had one hundred and fifty 
 shops and six hundred merchants. The Chinese were 
 rapidly becoming rich and powerful. 
 
 Chinese Christians. — Das Marinas thought it was 
 not well to let the Chinese do all the useful things and 
 get all the money. He wished to expel them from the 
 country. But Bishop Salazar and the friai-s did not want 
 him to send away the Chinese, because many of them 
 had become Christians. The Dominicans had done a 
 great deal for the conversion of the Chinese. More 
 would have been converted, had not the old Bishop 
 made every Christian Chinaman cut off his queue. After 
 this he could not return to his native land. So the 
 Chinese remained in Manila. 
 
 The Three Mandarins. — A strange thing happened 
 in the year 1603, v/hen Acufia was governor. Three 
 Chinese mandarins, as the great men of China are 
 called, arrived in Manila. They wished to see if a 
 mountain of gold existed in Cavite, as they had been told 
 was the case. Acuiia showed them that this was an idle 
 
98 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 tale, so they went away. The Spaniards could not 
 believe that the search for a mountain of gold was 
 the real purpose of the mandarins. They thought 
 these men wished to see if Manila could be captured. 
 The Chinese in Manila now began to act strangely. 
 Many of them went back and forth between the city and 
 the country. The Spaniards fearing a plot began to 
 threaten them. Then the Chinese became alarmed and 
 planned to destroy the Spaniards. 
 
 Chinese Revolt of 1603.— On the night of October 
 3, 1603, the entire Chinese population of Manila, 
 nearly 25,000 in number, rose in revolt. They burned 
 many houses in Binondo, and killed many natives. There 
 were few Spaniards in Manila. A force of one hundred 
 and fifty men attacked the Chinese. Nearly all of the 
 Spaniards were killed. 
 
 At dawn the rebels attacked the walled city. The 
 fight lasted all day. Every Spaniard, including the friars, 
 armed himself and fought that day. It is said that Father 
 Flores sat all day in a boat near the wall, firing two 
 arquebuses, and killed six hundred Chinese. 
 
 Defeat of the Chmese.— Finally the Spaniards drove 
 away the Chinese. They fled to the mountains of San 
 Pablo. Here a large force of Spaniards and Filipinos sur- 
 rounded and besieged them. Hunger and the attacks of 
 the natives, who hated the Chinese, caused the death of 
 about 23,000. 
 
 In the case of Limahong, the Spaniards saved the Fili- 
 pinos, but in the insurrection of 1603 the Spaniards would 
 all have been destroyed, without the help of the Filipinos. 
 
THE CHINESE 99 
 
 Revolt of 1639. — Two galleons were wrecked off the 
 coast of Cagayan in 1639. This ruined the business of the 
 Chinese. The Spaniards and FiHpinos had no money to 
 buy their goods, because it had sunk with the galleons. 
 Hunger forced the Chinese to revolt. There were by this 
 time 33,000 of them in the Islands, and they were hving 
 in the provinces, as they had not done in earlier times. 
 They committed many outrages in Laguna and near 
 Manila. But they did not attack the walled city again. 
 They remembered 1603. An edict was published order- 
 ing all the Chinese in the provinces to be killed. For a 
 year the battles lasted. In all, 20,000 of the Chinese 
 were slain. 
 
 The Chinese ftuestion. — Many times after this there 
 was trouble with the Chinese. They were taxed more 
 heavily than the Filipinos. They were compelled to be- 
 come Christians or leave the country. But although both 
 Spaniards and Filipinos hated the Chinese they always 
 had to allow them to return to the Islands. The Chinese 
 are the most numerous people in the world. They have 
 learned by centuries of practice the virtues of industry, 
 perseverance and economy. No people can become great 
 without these qualities. In the last four centuries the 
 Filipinos have made great progress in learning these things. 
 They are now engaged in many callings requiring skill 
 and patience. No more Chinese are allow^ed to come to 
 this country. The door of opportunity is wide open for 
 the Filipino. He may learn any trade and there is plenty 
 of work. It is the duty of the children of today to show 
 that they can do as good w^ork of all kinds for their 
 
100 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 country as the people of any other nation. This is a 
 better victory than sword and fire can win. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. AVlmt relations did the Chinese have with the Filipinos 
 
 before the Spaniards came ? 
 
 2. Why did the Spaniards wish the Chinese to come to 
 
 Manila? 
 
 3. How numerous were the Chinese in Manila in 1600 ? 
 
 4. When and why was the Alcayceria built ? 
 
 5. Describe the Parian. 
 
 6. What did Das Marinas wish to do with the Chinese ? 
 
 7. Who opposed this plan, and why ? 
 
 8. Why were not more Chinese converted ? 
 
 9. Tell the story of the three mandarins. 
 
 10. What caused the Chinese revolt of 1603 ? 
 
 11. What difference was there between the forces that 
 
 repulsed Limahong and those that put down the 
 rising of 1603 ? 
 
 12. What was the cause of the revolt of 1639 ? 
 
 13. What good qualities have the Chinese? 
 
 14. What is the law now about the coming of the Chinese ? 
 
 15. Why is it no longer necessary to bring in the Chinese? 
 'iQ. Write a composition on the reasons for excluding the 
 
 Chinese from the Philippines ? 
 
• ', ;•• •, • • • 
 
MoRO Warrior in Coat of Mail. 
 
THE MOEO PIRATES 101 
 
 CHAPTER XIY. 
 
 THE MORO PIRATES. 
 
 Summary. — We have studied the peoples of the 
 Phihppines as they were before the Spaniards came. We 
 have read how these Islands were discovered and conquer- 
 ed by Europeans. W^e have learned how the early 
 governors laid the foundations of the new rule in the 
 Philippines. We have seen how America and Asia were 
 connected by the galleon service, which began the 
 commerce of the Pacific. We followed the story of battles 
 with foreigners, the Dutch and the Chinese. We shall 
 now study the struggles of the islanders with each other. 
 
 The Moro Pirates. -The pirates of Borneo, Jolo and 
 Mindanao had for many years put terror into the hearts 
 of the Visayans and the people of Luzon. Their boats 
 were large and swift. A hundred slaves sometimes 
 rowed them swiftly over the sea/; at the stroke of the 
 master's lash. % J i ^i i •.' , *,,/»- 
 
 When the southwest wind began' tq ;bk)W *hqy ^ould 
 come out from their pirate refuges rri* the kJiith.' '^Akjt^ 
 the shores of Mindoro, Masbate and other islands they 
 would hide among the nipa swamps. Concealed in the 
 forest fringed bays and esteros, they would cross in a night 
 to the shores of Panay, Cebu or Luzon. Then, while the 
 fishermen and farmers slept, the fierce cries of the sea- 
 rovers would ring out. People ran out of their houses, 
 
102 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 and found the village in flames. Dazed by fire and fright, 
 they were slain if they resisted, and enslaved if they 
 submitted. All their goods of value wexe taken by the 
 pirates. Then by the light of their burning homes they 
 were hurried into the boats and rowed across the sea to 
 the retreat of the Moros. There they remained till the 
 camp was full of plunder. 
 
 With the coming of the northeast wind they sailed 
 away to the south and slavery. If they were aged and 
 weak, the Moros took them to Sandakan on the coast of 
 Borneo. Here they were sold to the heathen tribes, who 
 offered them as sacrifices to their gods. The strong were 
 sold as slaves or kept by their captors. Families were 
 separated in this way, never to meet again. For centuries 
 the camps of the Moros were the prisons of thousands of 
 Christian Filipinos whose friends and relatives wept for 
 them in the northern islands. 
 
 Spaniards Fail to Destroy Piracy.— After the 
 Spaniards came, the Filipinos became richer. There was 
 more wealth to plunder. Therefore the Moros came 
 more often than, teforer. The Spaniards fought these 
 pirat^'many.time^'-'^^'Es-tially the Moros escaped because 
 theii* bqats: were: vei-y ^^fewiffe Often the Spaniards were 
 tooiazy-dr'cbVai'dly to pursue them. 
 
 When the great fleets sailed away to the Moluccas with 
 every man and gun they could get, the pirates came 
 north to rob and capture the defenceless Filipinos. The 
 people of the Philippines have suffered many times as 
 much from the pirates of their own race as from all the 
 invaders that have come from Europe, China, and Japan. 
 
THE MOBO PIEATES 103 
 
 Had the Philippines never been conquered by for- 
 eigners, the Islands would now be thinly populated by 
 a poor and timid people. Civilization brings its terrible 
 wars, but they are often wars of progress. The wars 
 of the pirates were unjust. They did not lead to a 
 better government. We shall now study some of these 
 piratical attacks and the attempts of the Spaniards to stop 
 them. 
 
 A Raid on the Visayans. — In the summer of 1599 
 one of the most terrible of the Moro raids occurred. Two 
 chiefs with fifty boats from Mindanao and Jolo and 
 three thousand armed men ravaged the coasts of Cebii, 
 Negros and Panay. They captured 800 natives, burned 
 many villages, and loaded their boats with plunder. The 
 inhabitants of the coast fled to the mountains. An aged 
 priestess, called Dupungay, told them that the Spaniards 
 were helping the Moros to destroy the peaceful Filipinos. 
 With great difficulty they were persuaded to come back 
 to their villages on the coast. 
 
 The following year the pirates returned with eight 
 thousand men in seventy boats. This time they boldly 
 attacked Iloilo The alcalde with seventy Spaniards and 
 one thousand Visayan bowmen built a fort to resist the 
 Moros. A fierce battle followed in which the Moros were 
 defeated. The alcalde pursued them. Then the cunning 
 Moros surrounded his boat and killed him. Tello de 
 Guzman, governor at the time, sent two hundred 
 Spaniards to Jolo to punish the pirates. They killed 
 many Moros but could not capture the fort. Then the 
 pirates were as bad as ever. 
 
104 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Acuiia and the Pirates.— In governor Acuna's time 
 a large fleet of Moros sailed along the coast of southwest 
 Luzon. They burned the church and convent of Cali- 
 baya, and captured the friar and many natives. They 
 took away the bells of the churches to melt them into 
 cannon. Next they went to Balayan. Here the natives 
 repulsed them bravely. Finally they sailed away with 
 their booty to a desert island. Acuna heard of all this, 
 but instead of crushing the pirates he sent an ambassador 
 to make peace with them. Then he sailed away with his 
 great fleet to conquer the Moluccas. Thus, while the 
 Spaniards were busy with their dreams of conquest, the 
 pirates were growing bolder. In 1616 they came even to 
 Cavite. Here they were defeated and for some years 
 gave little trouble. 
 
 Battle of Punta de Flechas.— In 1636, Tagal, a 
 Moro chief, brother of the sultan of Mindanao, attacked 
 the islands of Cuyo and Mindoro. He captured three 
 Eecollect friars for each of whom he asked a ransom of 
 two thousand pesos and thirty taels of gold. "With six 
 hundred and fifty captives he sailed for Pmita de Flechas. 
 This is a lofty promontory about one hundred miles east 
 of Zamboanga. The Moros believed that in this cliff liv- 
 ed a diuata, or god of war. On departing for a piratical 
 trip, and on returning, they were accustomed to shoot 
 arrows at the cliff in honor of the god. The governor 
 of Zamboanga sent a fleet against Tagal. He was killed 
 with three hundred of his men. Many captives were set 
 free. 
 
 In a letter to the king, the archbishop said that in the 
 
THE MOEO PIBATES 105 
 
 last thirty years the Moros had carried into captivity over 
 twenty thousand Filipinos. 
 
 Treaties with the Moros.— For a century the strife 
 went on. At length, in 1725, the sultan of Jolo sent a 
 request for peace to Manila. A treaty was made. By 
 this treaty it was agreed that Filipinos and Moros should 
 trade freely with each other. All Christian captives were 
 to be set free. The sultan did not keep his promise. 
 The Moros never kept their promises to the Spaniards. 
 
 Concentration of Villages. — In 1734 it was decided 
 by the Council of War at Manila to build little forts on 
 the coasts of the Islands, as a defence against the pirates. 
 It was ordered that the little fishing villages unite to form 
 large towns. No coast town could have less than five 
 hundred taxpayers, or about two thousand persons. It 
 was a great hardship to make this change, but it protected 
 the people because the Moros did not often attack large 
 towns. 
 
 Arming the Filipinos. — The Filipinos were now 
 given arms to defend themselves. They were allowed 
 to make expeditions against the Moros, and to make 
 slaves of all they captured. There was quiet for a few 
 years, then the pirates again began their attacks. Like 
 many other Spanish decrees the order to unite the small 
 villages with the large ones was not fully carried out. 
 So the raids of the pirates began again. 
 
 The alcaldes of Cebu, Leyte, Iloilo and Negros were 
 now commanded to build thirty-six boats that could carry 
 one hundred men each. The government paid for the 
 food of the men who built these boats, but the towns 
 
106 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 furnished the wood and labor free. To encourage the 
 natives to fight the pirates it was decided that Fihpinos 
 who won victories over the Moros should not have to pay 
 tribute. This plan showed that the Spaniards did not 
 feel strong enough to defeat the pirates with their own 
 forces. But the Moro boats had little of value in them, 
 so the Fihpinos did not wish to risk their lives in the 
 attempt to capture them. 
 
 Selfishness of the Alcaldes.— Another reason why 
 this plan failed was because the alcaldes used these boats 
 for their private trade. The soldiers in the forts acted as 
 servants for the alcaldes. So when the Moros came there 
 were neither boats nor men to oppose them. Sometimes 
 an expedition would go out to attack the pirates, and 
 return laden with merchandise, without pursuing the 
 enemy. 
 
 Brave Defenders. —There were times when the pirates 
 met their match. In 1753 the islands of Tablas, Banton, 
 the Calamuanes and others lost much by the attacks of 
 the Moros. The same Moros who made these attacks 
 were driven away by the people of Camiguin, Eomblon, 
 Culion and Capiz. The people of Batangas were very 
 brave. Several times they repulsed the pirates from their 
 shores. 
 
 An Unequal Battle. — In 1754 Captain Pedro Gaz- 
 tambide was surrounded by thirty-eight Moro boats off 
 the coast of Batangas. He had only one boat, and that 
 Vv^as not as large as some of the pirate boats. He was 
 attacked from all sides. The man at the stern of the boat 
 had double-loaded the cannon. The Captain ran to the 
 
THE MORO PIRATES 107 
 
 stem, and not knowing that the cannon was already 
 loaded put a thiid charge into it. A Moro boat was 
 rushing toward him. He fired the triple-loaded cannon. 
 The boat with one hundred and twenty men was sunk. 
 The entire fleet was driven away, with a loss of 2500 men, 
 by this one captain. 
 
 The Coast Guard Towers. —On many of the beaches 
 of the Philippines round stone towers may be seen. Most 
 of these were built in the middle of the eighteenth century 
 to serve as watch-towers and forts for a defence against 
 the Moros. The parish priests had charge of this w^ork. 
 To their perseverance and skill in building these towers 
 the Filipinos owe much. Unfortunately the alcaldes took 
 these towers away from the command of the priests and 
 put lazy officials in charge of them. These men used the 
 guards for their own w^ork as servants. 
 
 The Story of Ali-Mudin.— Philip V was persuaded 
 by the Jesuits to write a letter to Ali-Mudin, sultan of 
 Jolo, asking his friendship. The sultan received the mes- 
 sengers of the king peaceably. He decided to visit 
 Manila. 
 
 When he went on board of the Spanish ship, his broth- 
 er seized the throne and put a price of six slaves and one 
 thousand pesos on the head of Ah-Mudin. The sultan 
 sailed away to Manila where he was received with the 
 honors of a king. He and his seventy followers were 
 given a house near the estero of Binondo. 
 
 Conversion of the Sultan.— Governor Arrechederra, 
 who was formerly bishop of Nueva Segovia, became 
 .greatly interested in the conversion of the Mahometan 
 
108 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 ruler. He ate with him, walked with him, made him 
 presents of gold, emeralds and rubies and tried in every 
 way to make a Christian of him. He used to say to the 
 sultan, " Sultan, if you wish to return to your kingdom 
 and conquer your enemies, become a Christian, be con- 
 verted to Jesus Christ, and you shall be master of your 
 subjects." 
 
 At length the sultan became a Catholic. The Jesuits 
 did not think he was sincere, but the governor, proud of 
 his success, determined to have the sultan baptized. The 
 ceremony was performed at Panique, Pangasinan. Ali- 
 Mudin was christened "Fernando I of Jolo." The 
 governor had little money and few men, so he could not 
 place Ali-Mudin upon the throne of Jolo. 
 
 Treachery of Ali-Mudin. — Governor Obando, who 
 followed Arrechederra, sent a fleet to replace Ali-Mudin 
 on his throne. This fleet was driven away from Jolo. 
 On the retm^n to Zamboanga the Spaniards decided that 
 Ali-Mudin was a traitor. He had written a letter for 
 the Spaniards to the sultan of Mindanao which proved to 
 be against the Spaniards instead of to their advantage. 
 So Ali-Mudin and two hundred and seventeen of his 
 followers were brought to Manila and put in prison. 
 
 Lessons of This Story. — The treatment of Ali-Mudin 
 shows how feebly the Spaniards dealt with the Moros. It 
 was pitiful that the ruler of the once powerful kingdom of 
 Spain should beg the friendship of a pirate chief. It 
 shows also that the Spaniards were slow to learn the 
 treachery of the Moros. With all their faults, the Span- 
 iards were usually honorable in their treaties. So it was ■ 
 
THE MOEO PIRATES 109 
 
 difficult for them to believe that the Moro chiefs were 
 deceiving them. 
 
 The Americans made a treaty with the sultan of Jol6 
 when they came to these Islands. The sultan agreed to 
 keep his men from making war on the Americans. For 
 this he was paid a pension. The sultan failed to keep 
 his part of the treaty. In time of peace the Americans 
 were attacked, in Jolo, in 1903. So they had to punish 
 the Joloans. In 1904 America declared the treaty 
 ended. The sultan will never be able to make another 
 treaty with the Americans. They will not allow them- 
 selves to be deceived again and again, as were the Span- 
 iards. 
 
 The High Tide of Piracy .—The year 1754 was the 
 high tide of Moro piracy. The defeat of the Spaniards at 
 Jolo when they tried to put AH-Mudin on the throne had 
 destroyed all respect for their power. Moro fleets attacked 
 the towns of the Christian Filipinos Irom Mindanao to 
 Batangas, and from Mindoro to Samar. Hundreds of 
 villages were burned in that year. Thousands were killed 
 and enslaved. The savings of years were carried away 
 by the dreaded sea-robbers. The Islands lay under a pall 
 of ashes and grief. Ten thousand Christian FiHpinos 
 toiled in slavery among the bloodthirsty Moros. Yet the 
 rulers were so weak that they could think of nothing 
 better than to send Ali-Mudin's daughter to Jolo to try to 
 make peace. 
 
 Finally Governor Arandia sent a strong expedition 
 against the Moros. Some battles were won by the Span- 
 iards, many forts were built in the Visayas, and more 
 
110 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 treaties were made with the pirate chiefs. But the Moro 
 raids continued for another century. 
 
 The Scourge of the Pirates.— The Moro pirates, as 
 we have seen, were the greatest curse that ever fell upon 
 the Philippines. Though different in religion, these mur- 
 derers were of the same blood as the Fihpinos they hunted. 
 The Filipinos have been their own worst enemies. The 
 hatred that caused so much bloodshed and loss between 
 members of the same race for centuries still lives. Without 
 the strong aid of the American government, the slumbering 
 flame would break out again and the Philippines once 
 more be stained with the blood of brothers. 
 
 In the fifteen years from 1778-1793 one and one-half 
 million pesos were spent in the attempt to subdue these 
 pirates. During that time they captured about five hun- 
 dred persons a year and killed hundreds more. Governor 
 Aguilar then divided the Islands into six districts, with a 
 fleet of six cannon-bearing boats for each. In 1794 
 Gomez, the most feared captain that ever pursued the 
 Moros, led many successful expeditions against them. He 
 drove them from Mindoro, Masbate and Burias. There 
 was peace again for a time. We shall see later how the 
 power of the Morps to make their expeditions was crushed. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Where did the Moro pirates have their northern camps? 
 
 2. Describe an attack of the pirates. 
 
 3. What did the Moros do with their captives ? 
 
 4. Why were the Spanish unsuccessful in destroying the 
 
 pirates? 
 
THE MORO PIRATES 111 
 
 5. From whom have the Filipinos suffered most? 
 
 6. Describe tJie atLriok on the Vlsayas in 1599. 
 
 7. Why did not Acuiia crush the pirates ? 
 
 8. What superstition had the Moros about "Punta de 
 
 Flechas"? ' 
 
 9. How did the Moros observe their treaties with the 
 
 Spaniards? 
 
 10. When, why, and how were the viUages concentrated? 
 
 11. How were the Filipinos encouraged to attack the Moros? 
 
 12. What was the reason for the plan ? 
 
 13. What use did the alcaldes make of the boats" and 
 
 soldiers ? 
 
 14. Describe the attacks of 1753. 
 
 15. Who built the coast guard towers ? 
 
 16. Why were the towers not successful ? 
 
 17. What does the story of Ali-Mudin show? 
 
 18. Describe the worst year of piracy. 
 
 19. What would the Moros do if a strong government did 
 
 not control them ? 
 
 20. What did the pirates do from 1778-1793 ? 
 
 21. What plan did Aguilar adopt against the pirates? 
 
 22. When and why was the American treaty with the sultan 
 
 of Jolo ended ? 
 
112 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XY. 
 
 FORCED LABOR AMD INSURRECTION. 
 
 The Dark Century.— On the stage of Philippine 
 History there were many years of darkness and dullness 
 in the seventeenth century. We shall raise the curtain 
 only now and then to view the scenes that teach us most. 
 
 The FiHpinos had suffered from the toil and losses of 
 war for half a century. Much of their time had been 
 spent in building fleets and fighting battles against the 
 Moros, the Chinese and the Dutch. These fleets were 
 built by forced labor. The hardships of this labor brought 
 on many revolts against Spanish rule. 
 
 The Labor Tax.— Besides the tribute, the Filipinos 
 had. to pay a labor tax. During most of the period of 
 Spanish rule this forced labor was forty days each year 
 from every man. This labor was used to build churches, 
 convents, roads, bridges and all kinds of public works. 
 By this forced and unpaid labor the timber was cut from 
 which the galleons were built. There was a force of 
 Filipinos employed in the ship-yard at Cavite who received 
 rice and about twenty pesos a year each for their skilled 
 labor as carpenters and smiths. But most of the heavy 
 work was done by the peasants, who were taken from 
 their fields to build ships and forts. The long succession of 
 wars with the Moros, the Dutch and the Chinese had 
 nearly worn out the patience of the Filipinos. At length 
 
LABOR AND INSURRECTION 113 
 
 a governor came whose rule was not disturbed by foreign 
 foes. 
 
 Alonso Fajardo. — This was Alonso Fajardo, who 
 governed the Philippines from 1G18-1G24. Fajardo saw 
 that the people were overworked. He therefore lessened 
 the labor tax. He said that the natives need not work 
 without pay for a while, except at founding cannon and 
 in the ship-yards. In this way he won the favor of the 
 Filipinos. He was the first governor for a long time 
 whom they had liked. Still the burden was heavy, and 
 the reform came too late to prevent revolt. 
 
 Insurrection in Bohol and Leyte. — In 1621, 
 while the Jesuit fathers of Bohol were in Cebu at a 
 festival, the natives of Bohol revolted. This revolt was 
 led by the chiefs. They told the common people that a 
 diuata ordered the expulsion of the Spanish. The real 
 reason for this revolt was the desire to escape taxes and 
 labor. Often the leaders of the Filipinos have taken 
 advantage of the ignorance of the people to get them to 
 rebel for religious reasons, when the chiefs themselves bad 
 some other reason. 
 
 Four towns were burned by the revolters. Images of 
 the virgin were pierced with lances. Nearly all the 
 natives joined the revolt, and fled to the mountains. 
 Fifty Spanish lancers and one thousand Cebuans followed 
 them into the mountains for five days. Then they came 
 to a village of one thousand houses which the rebels had 
 built. Here fifteen hundred rebels were defeated, but it 
 was six months before they were all driven from their 
 mountain refuges. 
 
114 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Bancao. — Now the insurrection spread to Leyte, led 
 by the aged chief Bancao, of Limasana. Philip II had 
 given a letter to this old chief thanking him for the services 
 he had done for Legazpi. But Bancao longed for his old 
 power, and joined the rebellion. He was beheaded. The 
 revolt was soon suppressed . 
 
 Beath of Fajardo — The last days of Fajardo's hfe 
 were filled with sorrow. Finding his wife unfaithful, 
 he killed her in public with his sword. The power of a 
 governor of the Philipippines in those days may be seen 
 from the fact that no one tried to punish him for this 
 deed. A few months later he died broken-hearted, and 
 was buried beside his wife in the church of the Ee- 
 coUects. 
 
 "^Tabora Governor. — 1626-1632. — Juan Nino de 
 Tabora came to the Philippines from the wars in 
 Flanders. He brought six .hundred soldiers with him. 
 This large force kept the country peaceful for a time. 
 The Philippines were now prosperous. The former age 
 with its little bamboo villages and its neighborhood wars 
 was fast passing away. The Islands and their people 
 were now a part of the great world sending their products 
 across the seas. Shells and gold-dust were no longer 
 their money. There were rich men among the Filipinos. 
 Fortunes were being made in the trade with China and 
 Mexico. 
 
 Public Works. — Many public works were undertaken 
 by Tabora. Within six months he built ten large ships 
 and several small ones. It was Tabora who built the 
 " Bridge of Spain " in 1631, called at first the " Puente 
 
LABOR AND INSURRECTION 115 
 
 Grande." This bridge lasted for nearly two centuries till 
 it was destroyed by an earthquake in 1824. 
 
 Diego Fajardo. — This governor ^1644-1653) w^as a 
 stern and warlike man. He tried to establish a ship-yard 
 in the Visayas like those in Tondo and Pampanga. This 
 caused an insurrection in Samar. Sumoroy, the leader, 
 was beheaded. There were other revolts caused by the 
 oppressions of the tribute and forced labor during the 
 following year. The principal ones were in Camarines, 
 Pampanga, Ilocos and Mindanao. The Filipinos always 
 showed themselves willing to endure a great deal from 
 governors who tried to understand and benefit them. 
 But their lives were so full of hardship that when harshly 
 treated the fire of revolt burned. 
 
 Earthquake of 1645. — In the year 1645, on St. 
 Andrew's day, November 30, there was a terrible earth- 
 quake in Manila. Fire, it is said, bm'st through cracks 
 in the ground. The Pasig Eiver was thrown out of its 
 channel. Nearly all the churches, convents and other 
 large buildings of Manila fell in ruins. Six hundred per- 
 sons were killed. For weeks people lived outside the 
 walls, hardly daring to step inside. It was believed that 
 St. Francis saved the city from complete destruction. 
 Therefore he was chosen the patron saint of Manila to 
 protect it against earthquakes. Many people considered 
 the earthquake a punishment for their sins, and now 
 began to be more religious. 
 
 After this earthquake they built no more great 
 houses of stone in Manila for many yeais. The large 
 and beautiful houses, which stood before the earthquake, 
 
116 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 had gained for Manila the name "Pearl of the 
 Orient." 
 
 Insurrection of 1660. — Manrique de Lara was now 
 governor. During his rule many calamities had come 
 upon the Philippines. Locusts, famine, small-pox, pirate 
 attacks, shipwrecks and earthquakes had made the lot 
 of the Filipinos a hard one. 
 
 In addition to all these troubles the natives were work- 
 ed like slaves, at ship-building. In 1660 one thousand 
 Filipinos were cutting timber for the government in the 
 forests of Pampanga. Sometimes they were whipped to 
 make them work harder. These woodmen now rebelled. 
 A Mexican, Mafiago, was their leader. They wrote to 
 their fellow-countrymen in Pangasinan, Ilocos and Caga- 
 yan to get their aid. But before it could come they were 
 betrayed by their leader. They went with arms to the 
 pueblo of Lubao. Manrique de Lara hurried to Macabebe 
 with a few soldiers. Instead of fighting, he won over 
 Manago by making him commander of the Mexicans in 
 Manila. Then he built forts in Arayat and Lubao. He 
 promised better treatment to the rebels. Deprived of 
 their leader, they went back to work, without bloodshed. 
 
 Revolt in Ilocos. — In Ilocos the revolt had more 
 strength. Juan Manzano w^as the leader. A fierce battle 
 occurred at Bantay, near Vigan. Eight hundred loyal 
 natives were slain. But the rebels were soon put to flight. 
 They were driven to Ilocos Ncrte. From here they cross- 
 ed the mountains to Cagayan. The alcalde-mayor of 
 Cagayan, with three hundred loyal troops, drove the 
 rebels back to Ilocos. Then he marched through Ilocos 
 
LABOR AND INSURRECTION 117 
 
 to Pangasinan. Here he joined the Spanish forces, and 
 greatly assisted them in putting down the rebellion. As 
 had often happened before, the weakness of the Filipinos 
 was the lack of union between the different tribes. The 
 Spaniards held these Islands by setting one tribe against 
 another. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Which was the dark ceutury ? 
 
 2. What hardships had the Filipinos suffered in the first 
 
 half century of Spanish rule ? 
 
 3. What was the purpose of the labor tax ? 
 
 4. Can you think of any benefits from such a tax ? 
 
 5. What were its evils ? 
 
 6. What change did Alonso Fajardo make in the labor tax ? 
 
 7. Under what circumstances did the revolt in Bohol begin ? 
 
 8. What does this revolt show about the motives of the 
 
 leaders ? 
 
 9. Who was Bancao ? 
 
 10. Tell an incident showing the power of the early gover- 
 
 nors. 
 
 11. Describe the changes that had now taken place in the 
 
 Philippines. 
 
 12. What public works did Tabora undertake? 
 
 13. What brought on the insurrection in Siimar ? 
 
 14. AVhere else were there revolts at this time ? 
 
 15. AVhat caused the Pampangan revolt of 1660 ? 
 
 16. Why did it fail ? 
 
 17. Who aided in the suppression of the llocos revolt ? 
 
 18. How did the Spaniards hold the Phihppines with so few 
 
 Spanish troops ? 
 
118 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XYI. 
 
 THE STRIFE BETWEEN CHURCH 
 
 AND STATE. 
 
 Introductory. -We have seen earlier in this book 
 that the governors and the friars did not always agree. 
 Although the governors were Catholics, they usually sup- 
 ported the king, while the friars, though Spaniards, 
 looked rather to the Pope. Besides this, on the whole, 
 the governors cared less for the good of the Filipinos 
 than did the friars. Few Filipinos understand what their 
 lot would have been, if the friars had not been here to 
 protect the natives from the selfishness of the governors 
 and the encomenderos 
 
 Another difficulty was the fact that the friars often re- 
 fused to be governed by the bishops. Then the bishops 
 would seek the aid of the governor, and bitter quarrels 
 followed. 
 
 The fifty years following the insurrection of 1660 are 
 filled with this strife. It lasted to the very close of Spa- 
 nish rule. But we shall not study all of these struggles. 
 There is no longer any quarreling between church and 
 state in the PhiHppines. The bitterness of recent years 
 should be forgotten. Yet it impossible to understand 
 the history of the PhiHppines without some knowledge of 
 those events. The things we shall study in this chapter 
 happened long ago. We can think of them now without 
 
CHURCH AND STATE 119 
 
 anger, and read them for the light they throw upon the 
 past. 
 
 Two Kinds of Courts. — In those days there were two 
 kinds of courts ; that of the State and that of the Church. 
 The royal court tried those who had broken the laws of 
 the king. The church court tried those who broke the 
 I9.WS of religion. Sometimes crimes against religion are 
 the same as those against the state. Therefore there were 
 times when it was difficult to know which court ought to 
 punish a wrongdoer. 
 
 The Case of Nava. — In the governorship of Sebastian 
 Hurtado de Corcuera (1635-1644) such a case happened. 
 Corcuera was a man of great energy, warlike and firm. 
 One of his soldiers, called Nava, had a female slave. The 
 archbishop ordered him to give her up. He was com- 
 pelled to yield her to another man. One day be saw her 
 riding on the street with her new master. Nava rushed 
 to the carriage and killed her. Then he fled into the 
 convent of St. Augustine for refuge. 
 
 The Law of Refuge. — It was the law of those days 
 that a criminal who took refuge in a church or other sacred 
 place could not be taken away by the civil rulers. This 
 was called ** the right of sanctuary," or refuge. When 
 governor Corcuera heard what had happened he ordered 
 the archbishop to give up Nava. The archbishop thought 
 that Nava ought to be tiied by the church court, so he 
 refused to obey the governor. 
 
 Then then governor fell into a rage. He did what was 
 at that time thought a terrible thing. He marched his 
 soldiers to the convent and took away Nava by force. 
 
120 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Then he punished him at once with death. The arch- 
 bishop closed the churches, reproved the governor severely, 
 and fined the artillery officer who arrested Nava. For a 
 long time the courts and the bishops quarrelled over this 
 case. Such things were very bad for the country ; for the 
 people lost respect for both governor and bishop. They 
 did not know which to obey. These quarrels grew in 
 number. Finally the Islands were left for years without 
 an archbishop. Then a governor and an archbishop 
 arrived who were agreed. 
 
 The Pope's Jubilee. — Manrique de Lara ruled from 
 1653-1663. With him came Archbishop Miguel Poblete, 
 the first archbishop the Islands had seen for twelve years. 
 Poblete found great distress in Manila. The quarrels of 
 the last few years had filled the dungeons of Fort Santiago 
 and the convents with many prisoners. Some of these 
 had been unjustly condemned. The city had not recover- 
 ed from the losses caused by the earthquake of 1645. 
 
 The condition of things was so bad that the Pope in 
 1654 ordered a jubilee. He said that all who had been 
 imprisoned should be pardoned and have his blessing. 
 There was great joy in Manila when the dungeon doors 
 opened and friends were again united. To show their 
 gratitude all set to work to rebuild the cathedral, which 
 had been destroyed by the great earthquake. 
 
 The Inquisition in the Philippines. — The Inquisi- 
 tion was a church court. It was founded by a pope 
 several centuries ago to discover and punish those who 
 believed and taught ideas contrary to the doctrines of the 
 church. In Spain the Inquisition was directed by the 
 
CHURCH AND STATE 121 
 
 King. He used it to destroy those who opposed him, or 
 the Church. 
 
 The officers of the Inquisition made secret inquiries. 
 They arrested and imprisoned men without telling them 
 who accused them. They burned thousands of people at 
 the stake in Spain. The Inquisition was introduced into 
 the Philippines in 1583. The head of it Was called " the 
 Commissary of the Inquisition." Sometimes no one 
 knew who that man was. Yet the secret hand of the 
 Inquisition was always at work reaching after those who 
 were unfaithful to the King or the Church. The Jesuit, 
 Sanchez, recommended that it be taken away from the 
 Philippines. This was not done. The Inquisition was 
 not as cruel here as in other countries. No one was 
 burned at the stake. Yet it had great power as we 
 shall see. 
 
 Diego de Salcedo. — Salcedo was governor from 1663- 
 1668. He brought the hatred of all the merchants and 
 friars upon him by his selfishness. He wanted to be the 
 only one to send goods in the galleon to Mexico. After 
 the king's goods were put into the ship he filled the rest 
 of the space with his private merchandise. Although 
 everyone hated him it seemed impossible to take away 
 his power. Salcedo quarrelled with Poblete. When the 
 archbishop died the governor forbade the church bells to 
 be tolled, and would not allow the body to be embalmed. 
 
 The enemies of Salcedo then conspired with the Com- 
 missary of the Inquisition. This man threatened the old 
 FiHpina who guarded the door of Salcedo's room when 
 he slept. She allowed the commissary and others to enter. 
 
122 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 They seized and bound the sleeping governor, and locked 
 him in a cell in the Augustinian convent. Then they 
 sent him to Mexico to be tried, but he died in mid- 
 ocean. 
 
 When the Supreme Court of Mexico heard of this, it 
 ordered the Commissary to Mexico for imprisonment, but 
 he, too, died on the ocean at nearly the same place where 
 Salcedo had died. 
 
 De Vargas and Pardo.— When De Vargas was 
 governor (1678-1684) it was the State and not the Church 
 which triumphed. According to the historians of the 
 religious orders, those were dark days for Manila. There 
 were many lawsuits and imprisonments. Felipe Pardo 
 was archbishop. He and the governor were bitter 
 enemies. The archbishop disobeyed twenty different 
 royal decrees. Then the governor did what no governor 
 had before dared to do. He sent soldiers to the palace 
 of the archbishop, and in the early dawn led the old man 
 out of the city. As the archbishop passed out of the gate 
 he shook the dust from his feet and threw a handful of 
 stones at the wall to show that he rejected the city. He 
 was sent to Lingayen where the Dominicans cared for 
 him. The next governor restored Pardo to power. 
 The archbishop had De Vargas put on an island in 
 the Pasig where he was kept for four years while his 
 residencia was held. Thus the high officials of Spain 
 wasted their time ^and the money of the Philippines in 
 this unhappy strife. 
 
 The Friars* Lands. — The friars grew more and more 
 powerful. We have seen how they overcame the gover- 
 
CHUECH AND STATE 123 
 
 nor. Now we shall see how they were stronger than the 
 governor and the archbishop together. In 1697 Archi- 
 bishop Caraacho and Governor Cruzat tried to make the 
 friars show the titles to their lands. They were now in pos- 
 session of large estates. In those times people were not 
 careful about the papers which prove the ownership of 
 lands. Some of these lands had been bought by the 
 friars ; som-e had been given to them by the state, and 
 other lands were gifts from those who, dying, left their 
 property to the church. The growing wealth of the 
 fi-iars made it difficult for the archbishop and the gov- 
 ernor to make them obey. 
 
 A judge was appointed to examine the titles of these 
 lands. The friars refused to show the titles. In some 
 cases they had no titles. Then the governor embargoed 
 the lands ; that is, he took possession of the lands till the 
 question should be settled. Then all the friars closed 
 their churches and refused to obey Archbishop Camacho. 
 The governor sent the soldiers to open the churches by 
 force. The opposition of the friars was so strong that a 
 rebellion was feared. So the governor and the archbishop 
 had to yield and allow the friars to keep their lands. 
 Thus the strife continued, sometimes the governor and 
 sometimes the friars winning. Finally occurred a contest 
 which is one of the darkest blots upon the pages of Phil- 
 ippine history. 
 
 Bustamente and the Friars.— Fernando Manuel de 
 Bustamente (1717-1719) was a stern and despotic gover- 
 nor. Yet he was honest and able. He found the treasury 
 empty. This was not because the country was poor. 
 
124 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Many of the citizens of Manila were in debt to the 
 treasury. To "avoid paying these debts they had the 
 money due them from the sale of goods in Mexico come 
 to their friends. These friends secretly gave it to them. 
 Then the government could not collect its debts from them. 
 Bustamente made these people pay their debts. In this 
 way he added three hundred thousand pesos to the treas- 
 ury in one year. 
 
 Bustamente Fortifies Zamboanga. — Bustamente 
 also imprisoned Torralba, a former governor. It was 
 said that through the neglect of Torralba seven hundred 
 thousand pesos had been lost to the treasury. With the 
 money he obtained by these just deeds he established a 
 garrison in Zamboanga. For half a century the govern- 
 ment had abandoned the Christian population of Minda- 
 nao and the Visayans to the attacks of the Moro pirates. 
 With their own efforts the Visayans had built a fleet 
 called the " fleet of the Pintados " to defend their homes. 
 The Jesuits had for along time urged that a garrison be 
 placed in Zamboanga. The other orders were opposed to 
 this plan. But Bustamente had the courage to do what- 
 ever he thought was right. So he built forts for the 
 defenceless FiHpinos of the south. All these acts made 
 him many enemies. These enemies now plotted his 
 destruction . 
 
 Arrest of the Archbishop. — A galleon was about to 
 sail for Mexico. Bustamente feared that this galleon was 
 carrying letters with charges against him. He sent an 
 officer to bring the captain of the galleon ashore. The 
 captain threw overboard the officer and his men, and 
 
CHUECH AND STATE 125 
 
 sailed away. The governor sent ships to overtake the 
 galleon. He now was sure that there was a conspiracy 
 against him. 
 
 Bustamente then put every one in prison that he be- 
 lieved to be his enemy. The churches and convents were 
 filled with persons seeking refuge from the governor. 
 Bustamente demanded one of these refugees from the 
 archbishop. The archbishop refused to give up the 
 refugee. Then the governor arrested the arclibishop, and 
 imprisoned him in Fort Santiago. The church bells 
 tolled when this was done. The friars were filled with 
 horror and anger. Now the governor called on the 
 citizens of Manila to defend the lights of the king. At 
 the signal of a cannon-shot all were to present themselves 
 with arms to aid the governor. Manila was filled with 
 noise, terror and tumult. 
 
 Death of Bustamente.— October 11, 1719, was a day 
 long to be remembered in Philippine history. The friars 
 resolved to rescue the archbishop by force. They went 
 through the streets in procession, holding aloft crucifixes 
 in their hands. Behind them came the refugees, bearing 
 arms, ready to fight for their lives. Then followed a 
 crowd of citizens and the Jesuits. All were giving vivas 
 for ** the faith, religion and the king." Yet it was really 
 a rebellion against the king, because Bustamente was the 
 representative of the king. The friars believed the 
 governor had done wrong. Therefore they rebelled. 
 Never before nor since was there such a scene in the Phil- 
 ippines. The crowd rushed into the palace. They 
 attacked Bustamente. He defended himself bravely, but 
 
126 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 fell wounded. His son came to his rescue, but was 
 dragged from his horse and killed The governor was 
 thrown into prison where he died the same day. 
 
 Archbishop Cuesta Governor.— The archbishop and 
 other prisoners were released. The judges of the Supreme 
 Court, w^ho had supported Bustamente, were put in 
 chains. Many army captains were arrested and the 
 royal standard of Spain was torn down. It was a 
 dramatic moment in the history of these Islands. It 
 meant that after one hundred and fifty years of strife the 
 Church had triumph(id over the King. The archbishoj* 
 Cuesta, now took possession of the palace, and was made 
 governor-general of the Philippines by the friars. 
 
 The religions orders gave a great funeral to Bustamente 
 and a pension to his six sons. They denied that they 
 planned the death of the governor. The king was very 
 angry when he heard of the overthrow of the royal power 
 in the Philippines. The slayers of Bustamente were 
 arrested and taken to Mexico for trial. They were then 
 returned to the Philippines to be tried and punished there. 
 This was not done, because the confessor of Governor 
 Torre Campo advised him to disobey the order of Philip 
 V to punish these men. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Did the governors or the friars care most for the good 
 
 of the Filipinos? 
 
 2. What was the attitude of the friars toward the bishops? 
 
 3. How should we study the quarrels between church and 
 
 state? 
 
CHUECH AND STATE 127 
 
 4. Describe two kinds of courts. 
 
 5. Why did they sometimes conflict? 
 
 6. Give an example of a conflict between the church court 
 
 and the civil court. 
 
 7. What was the " law of sanctuary " ? 
 
 8. What were some of the evils of the quarrels between 
 
 church and state ? 
 
 9. When, and why did the Pope order a jubilee ? 
 
 10. In what condition was Manila in 1653? 
 
 11. Consider the Inquisition as to its origin, purpose and 
 
 methods. 
 
 12. Why did Governor Salcedo make enemies? 
 
 13. How was Salcedo deprived of his power ? 
 
 14. What was the character of the Inquisition in the 
 
 Philippines ? 
 
 15. Why did De Vargas banish Archbishop Pardo from 
 
 Manila? 
 
 16. When, and by whom were the friars asked to show title 
 
 to their lands ? 
 
 17. What reasons made it difiicult for them to do this? 
 
 18. How did the controversy end ? 
 
 19. In what condition did Governor Bustaraente find the 
 
 treasury ? 
 
 20. How did Bustamente improve the financial condition of 
 
 the government? 
 
 21. What classes became enemies of Bustamente, a,nd why ? 
 
 22. What was the condition of the Visayans with respect to 
 
 the Moro pirates when Bustamente came ? 
 
 23. What did Bustamente do for the protection of the 
 
 Visayans ? 
 
 24. How did Butamente try to crush the conspiracy against 
 
 him? 
 
128 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 25. Describe the attack on Biistamente, October 11, 1719. 
 
 26. Who succeeded Bustamcnte as governor, and by what 
 
 authority? 
 
 27. How were the slayers of Bustamente treated and why ? 
 
 28. Mention three governors who were overthrown by the 
 
 friars. 
 
 29. Why are there no longer quarrels between church and 
 
 state in the Philippines? 
 
 30. Which party triumphed in this period of Philippine 
 
 history — church or state? 
 
END OF SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 129 
 
 CHAPTER XYII. 
 
 THE END OF THE SEVENTEENTH 
 CENTURY. 
 
 Fausto Cmzat y Gongora Governor— 1690-1701. 
 
 Cruzat found the treasury empty. He was a courageous 
 and honest governor. He collected large sums due the 
 treasury from citizens of Manila. With this money he 
 repaired the palace and other public buildings. Cruzat 
 found many abuses in the system of governing the 
 Philippines. In order to correct these he published the 
 "Ordinances of Good Government". A study of these 
 reform laws will show us much about the condition of 
 the Philippines two centuries ago. 
 
 "Ordinances of Good Government."— The prin- 
 cipal matters of which these ordinances spoke were the 
 following :— 
 
 1. — Taxes. It was the practice to make the poor pay 
 the same tax as the rich. Cruzat ordered that the rich 
 pay more than the poor. This was an excellent law, but 
 it was not obeyed. Instead of this the poor were made 
 to pay more than. the rich. The reason for this was that 
 the rich could bribe the tax collector to take less than the 
 just tax, while the poor who could not offer such a bribe 
 were forced to pay more than they ought. 
 
 2. — The alcaldes and covimerce. The alcaldes-mayor 
 were accustomed to engage in commerce. They occupied 
 
130 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 their time more with private business than with their 
 duties as governors. Cruzat fobade them to engage in 
 any kind of commerce. He commanded them to visit 
 each small pueblo six days and the large pueblos twelve 
 days, each year. The object of this was to give the 
 natives an opportunity to make their complaints and get 
 justice. 
 
 3. — Industry. Cruzat ordered that the Filipino farmers 
 be obliged to work. They must cultivate a certain amount 
 of ground each year and raise a certain number of animals. 
 No one was to be allowed to lend more than five pesos 
 to a Filipino. This shows that the people were contented 
 with just enough to eat, and had little ambition to provide 
 for the future. 
 
 4. — Fi'isons. It was decreed that separate rooms be 
 given to women in the prisons. In case of a light charge 
 they must be shut up in private houses, and not put in 
 prison. The prisons of those times were filthy, and full 
 of evil practices. This was so even in Europe. Many of 
 the faults of the Spanish government were common to 
 most governments in those days. It is easy to see the 
 mistakes of those who lived centuries ago. We should 
 remember that if we had lived then we might have 
 made the same mistakes. 
 
 5. — Spaniards. Spaniards were not to be allowed to 
 live in the pueblos without permission from the govern- 
 ment. This was because the alcaldes wanted all the 
 commerce for themselves. Besides, the Spanish planters 
 did not always treat the Filipinos justly when they were 
 far away from the reach of the lav/. 
 
END OF SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 131 
 
 6. — Wild tribes. One ordinance forbade the Christian 
 natives to speak with or trade with the people of the wild 
 tribes. The reason given was '* because this makes their 
 pacification impossible ". There were goods the wild 
 tribes wished to get from the Christians. It was thought 
 that they would come down from the mountains and live 
 in the pueblos as Christians if they were forbidden to trade 
 while living in a wild state. But the Christian natives 
 wished to trade with these people, so sometimes they 
 would leave their goods at certain places in the moun-^ 
 tains. When they went away the savages would come 
 and get these things, leaving some of their own products 
 in exchange. 
 
 Evil Days. — These laws and others lilie them show 
 that two hundred years ago there were oppression and 
 injustice in the Philippines. They show that the Span- 
 iards did not trust each other ; that slavery still existed ; 
 that there were still encomenderos ; that many Filipinos 
 were idle and in debt ; that the prisons were a disgrace, 
 and the roads and bridges in a bad state. After seeing 
 how the rulers in Manila had been acting for half a 
 century we can see why these things were so. 
 
 Manila and the Provinces.— In spite of all the bad 
 government from which the Philippines suffered at this 
 time, the country prospered. The rulers and people of 
 Manila have been accustomed to think that city all im- 
 portant. Manila is more important to the Philippines 
 than many capitals are to their country. It is the only 
 large commercial city in the Islands. But most of the 
 people in the Philippines live and die without ever seeing 
 
132 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Manila. Most of the wealth of the Philippines was 
 won from her fields and forests by the farmers. They 
 knew little of the quarrels of their rulers in the capital, 
 and most of their rulers knew little of them. Two 
 hundred years ago there were no steamers or railroads. 
 Many of the islands saw no Spaniards, except once a 
 year. Then the tax collector came, took his piece of 
 cloth, or the peso of tribute, and departed. For another 
 year all lived in the country villages very much as 
 they used to live before the Spaniards came to the 
 Philippines. There was less war between the villages. 
 There was less practice of the old religion. Still, the 
 Filipinos of the barrios were governed by their head men, 
 and saw little of their Spanish rulers. 
 
 The "Laws of the Indies/'~The "Laws of the 
 Indies " were made for the natives of Mexico and the 
 West Indies by Spain. After this, when the Spaniards 
 conquered the Philippines, they gave them these same 
 laws. But the customs of the Filipinos were different 
 from those of the Mexicans, so the laws of the Indies 
 were not always good for this land. Therefore the 
 Filipinos were allowed to use their old laws and customs 
 when these were not contrary to Christianity. So they 
 continued to govern themselves in all small matters. 
 There are more Filipinos today ruled by ancient Filipino 
 laws and customs than there were when Legazpi settled 
 the Islands. 
 
 Most of the Filipinos were little influenced by their 
 rulers compared with those who lived in Manila. There- 
 fore much of the growth and prosperity of the Philippines 
 
END OF SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 133 
 
 must be due to the industry and intelligence of the 
 Filipinos themselves. 
 
 What the Filipinos Did. — In spite of war and bad 
 government the Filipinos multiplied. They broadened 
 their fields. They increased their herds of cattle and 
 horses. They sent their children to the primary schools 
 that the friars established from early times. They were 
 taught many useful things by the friars. Had they 
 been bad pupils th^ would not have learned these 
 lessons. But the Filipinos learned as rapidly and as 
 well as any primitive people could learn from such 
 teachers as the Spaniards. The American Indian refused 
 to accept the teachings of civilization. The Hawaiian 
 Islanders are dying out, although every advantage 
 has been offered them. But the Filipinos have accepted 
 civilization. The pupil who learns deserves praise as 
 much as his teacher. To the Filipinos belongs great 
 credit for the steady growth of the country in popu- 
 lation, wealth and civilization. It was their loyalty 
 that enabled Spain to hold the Islands. They built 
 ships for the trade and wars of their conquerors. They 
 fought by their side against the Chinese, the Dutch, the 
 English, and against rebellious Filipinos. The Philippines 
 grew greater and richer by their efforts. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. What kind of a roan was Cruzat? 
 
 2. What was the purpose of the "Ordinances of Good 
 
 Government " ? 
 
 3. What abuse existed in the tax system ? 
 
134 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 4. Why was it difficult for the natives to get justice? 
 
 5. Why were the farmers not more ambitious? 
 
 6. Why was intercourse between the Christians and the 
 
 wild tribes forbidden ? 
 
 7. What was the state of the prisons ? 
 
 8. Why have the rulers considered Manila so important? 
 
 9. Find out what part of all Filipinos live in Manila. 
 
 10. How were the Filipinos in country districts governed? 
 
 11. Compare the Filipinos with the American Indians as 
 
 regards their acceptance of civilization. 
 
 12. How did the Filipinos help Spain ? 
 
BEITISH INVASION 135 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 THE BRITISH INVASION AND 
 ITS RESULTS. 
 
 The Mysterious Fleet.— In the year 1762 Archbishop 
 Kojo was acting-governor of the Philippines. He was a 
 good man, but not fitted for the great trials that were to 
 come upon the Philippines. For nearly one hundred 
 years Manila had not been threatened by a foreign fleet. 
 There was a small garrison, and no readiness for the attack 
 of a powerful enemy. 
 
 One day in September, 1762, thirteen large ships an- 
 chored in Manila Bay. No one knew of what nation they 
 were, or why they had come. An official was sent out to 
 them to make inquiries. He came back with the starthng 
 news that the ships were British, and that they demanded 
 the surrender of Manila. Eight months before the British 
 fleet sailed into Manila Bay, England had declared war on 
 Spain. Today news of such an event is flashed over the 
 telegraph wires around the world in a few minutes. At 
 that time, sometimes one ship and sometimes none in a 
 year brought tidings of Europe. Some Armenian mer- 
 chants had told the archbishop that the British in India 
 were preparing a fleet to attack the Philippines. But 
 Governor Eojo was a man whose thoughts were not of 
 war. No preparations had been made for defence. 
 
 Landing of the British.— -The next day the British. 
 
136 HISTOET OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 landed at Malate. Their troops occupied the churches 
 and convents of Malate, Ermita, San Juan de Bagum- 
 bayan and Santiago. Not a shot was fired at them from 
 the walls and forts of Manila. The city was dumb with 
 surprise and fear. There were nearly seven thousand 
 British troops, including three thousand of their Indian 
 allies. In Manila there were only six hundred soldiers. 
 With great courage they refused to surrender. Messages 
 for help were sent to the provinces. In a few days seven 
 thousand natives, armed with bows and spears, had come 
 to the help of the Spaniards. 
 
 The Bombardment.— The British began to fire at the 
 walls and city with their heavy cannon. The Spaniards 
 did not have enough cannon-balls, so they picked up those 
 the enemy fired into the city and shot them back 
 from their own cannon. Three times the Filipinos and 
 Spaniards went out of the city and attacked the British. 
 Each time they were driven back. The forts along the 
 walls fired at the churches and convents where the 
 British took shelter. The balls would not pierce the thick 
 walls. The church of Santiago stood on the Luneta, 
 only about fifteen hundred feet from the walls. From 
 the top of this church the British fired into the city. 
 
 The '' Philipino."— The third day the British cap- 
 tured a small boat which came from the Strait of San 
 Bernardino to tell of the arrival of the galleon " Philipino". 
 This ship brought three million pesos for the Philippines. 
 The British sent two ships to capture her. They did not 
 get the " Philipino ", but they captured the " Trinidad". 
 This ship surrendered only after she was struck by seven- 
 
BRITISH INVASION 137 
 
 teen hundred cannon-balls. Her cargo of silks, spices 
 and gold-dust was valued at two million pesos. 
 
 Death of an Officer — The British had captured on 
 the small boat a nephew of Governor Eojo. One day a 
 British officer walked toward the city bearing a white flag, 
 and accompanied by the nephew of the governor. Some 
 of the natives who did not understand what a flag of 
 truce meant killed these two men, beheading the English 
 officer. The British general was very angry. He said 
 he would behead all the prisoners he had if his officer's 
 head were not returned together with the head of the 
 Filipino who led the attack. Eojo sent an apology to 
 General Draper, but not the required heads. 
 
 Desertion of the Filipinos.— The British general 
 now hung seventy prisoners. This made the Filipinos 
 who had been fighting for the Spaniards lose heart. 
 None of the people then living had ever seen the 
 Spaniards defeated. They thought the Spaniards were 
 the strongest nation in the world. When they saw how 
 powerful the British guns were and the great holes they 
 were making in the wall many of the natives ran away 
 into the country. 
 
 The Capture of Manila.— On the fifth of October, 
 1762, the British entered the city through a breach which 
 their guns had made in the wall on the east side of the 
 city. General Draper led a column through the streets to 
 the plaza, two cannon preceding him firing constantly. 
 The officials of the church and the government had taken 
 refuge in Fort Santiago. The palace guard w^as cut down 
 fighting bravely. The inhabitants of Manila were fleeing 
 
138 HISTOBT OP THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 across the Pasig in boats. The British turned the guns of 
 the wall upon them, and killed many of the fugitives. 
 
 The Surrender.— Colonel Munson now went to Fort 
 Santiago, and demanded its surrender. Governor Eojo 
 was so terrified that he wished to get down on his knees 
 before the officer. Later the governor and the judges 
 signed a paper giving up the entire Philippine Archipelago 
 to the British. The victors promised : 
 
 1. Security for the life and property of all. 
 
 2. The free exercise of the Catholic fiiith. 
 
 3. Freedom for commerce and industry. 
 
 4. The preservation of the Supreme Court. 
 
 5. Military honors for the soldiers on their surrender. 
 
 Governor Rojo was completely in the hands of the 
 British. General Draper compelled him to raise five 
 hundred and forty-six thousand pesos in money, jewels 
 and silver plate. The British demanded four million 
 pesos, but could get no more. 
 
 The Sack of the City. — A cruel practice of war in 
 those days was the permission given to soldiers to rob and 
 abuse the inhabitants of a conquered city. Manila was 
 given over for three hours to be sacked. The robbery and 
 murder went on for forty hours. Across the Pasig in 
 Binondo the natives did as wicked deeds as the British. 
 Finally Draper hung several Chinese and stopped his 
 soldiers. About one thousand lives were lost on each side 
 in the taking of Manila. 
 
 Simon de Anda y Salazar.~On the Malecon Drive 
 in Manila stands a tall monument to a brave Spaniard 
 who would not surrender to the British. Anda was a 
 
BEITISH INVASION 139 
 
 judge of the Supreme Court. The night before the British 
 entered Manila he left the city in a hanca for Bulacan. 
 Here he proclaimed himself governor The Augustinians 
 supported him, but the Jesuits flew the British flag over 
 their convent when the British entered the city. Anda 
 soon had a small army. With this he tried to keep order 
 in the provinces, and besiege the British in Manila. Anda 
 and Eojo each sent proclamations through the provinces 
 calling the other a traitor. 
 
 Campaign of Backhouse.— Thomas Backhouse with 
 a small force drove Bustos, Anda's General, to Mariquina. 
 Then he captured the pueblo of Pasig. Here he found 
 Ali-Mudin. The wily sultan made friends with the 
 British, who replaced him on his throne. After the 
 capture of Pasig, Backhouse marched through the prov- 
 inces looking for the treasure of the "■ Philipino ". He 
 attacked Tunasan, Binan, Santa Eosa, Calamba and 
 Lipa. In the last town he captured several Augustinian 
 friars. Hearing that the treasure had been taken to 
 Pampanga, he returned to Pasig. There were several 
 skinnishes between the forces of the British and those of 
 Anda. The British made no determined effort to conquer 
 the provinces. Plunder was what they wanted. 
 
 Restoration of Spanish Rule.— January 30, 1764, 
 Governor Eojo died . Shortly after his death, news of peace 
 between England and Spain arrived. A new governor, 
 La Torre, was sent to the Philippiness. The British 
 gave up Manila to the Spaniards after holding it nearly 
 a year and a half. La Torre generously allowed Anda 
 to make a triumphal entry into Manila, March 31, 1764. 
 
140 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Effects of the Invasion.— When the fall of Manila 
 became known in the provinces many revolts broke out. 
 Taxes were not collected. Property and life were not 
 safe. Bands of robbers roamed through the provinces. 
 During the period of British occupation the Philippines 
 suffered great distress No one knew who was the real 
 governor — Kojo or And a. Outside of Pampanga and 
 Bulacan, where Anda ruled, there was little law and order 
 of any kind. In Batangas, Laguna, Tondo and Cavite, 
 homeless and starving people wandered from village to 
 village. The wild tribes of Negritos and Igorrotes de- 
 scended boldly froni the hills and killed the way- 
 farer. 
 
 Revolt in Pangasinan.— -Throughout the British 
 occupation there was a revolt in Pangasinan. Teji 
 thousand natives perished in battle. The population of 
 the province fell from sixty thousand to thirty-six 
 thousand in less than four years. Many had gone to 
 other provinces, died of hunger, or been killed by the 
 savages. Finally Anda's troops aided by some Cagayan 
 soldiers put down the revolt and hung the leaders. 
 
 Diego Silan. — One of the fugitives from Manila when 
 the British took the city was Diego Silan. He was a 
 native of Vigan, Ilocos Sur. This man was one of the 
 most remarkable leaders the Fihpinos ever had. At first 
 he took the side of the Spaniards sajdng that he wished 
 to arm the natives against the English. The Spaniards 
 became suspicious and imprisoned him. Some pei'sons of 
 influence to whom he promised to give good positions 
 released him from prison. Now Silan boldly said he 
 
BRITISH INVASION 141 
 
 would drive the Spaniards and mestizos from the country, 
 and then the British. 
 
 Silan in Power, — Many joined the cause of Silan. 
 As in previous insurrections, the oppression of the alcalde 
 was the main reason of the revolt. This man had abused 
 the natives of Ilocos. He had made them sell him all 
 their wax, and buy of him all their candles. Silan drove 
 him from Vigan. Then the new leader set up a shrine 
 and claimed the special favor of God. He proclaimed 
 Jesus Christ as the head of his rebellion. Thousands 
 came to his support. 
 
 The bishop of Nueva Segovia and some of his priests 
 led a force of natives from Ilocos Norte against Silan. 
 This force was defeated by treachery. While they laid 
 down their arms to talk, the Tinguiane allies of Silan 
 attacked them. They were driven back to Ilocos Norte. 
 Silan sent a force to Ilocos Norte and captured a number 
 of the leading men and friars. He raised large sums of 
 money by setting these men free for a ransom. This 
 created great hatred of him in that province. 
 
 Alliance with the British,— When the English 
 general heard of the success of this revolution he offered 
 to make Silan his ally. The Ilocano leader did not dare 
 to refuse. He feared that Anda would soon- send a strong 
 force against him. The people of Ilocos Norte were 
 hostile to him also. So he was between two fires.^ He 
 accepted the offer of the British. They sent him a can- 
 non and appointed him governor of Ilocos. This was a 
 gieat surprise to the followers of Silan, but their faith in 
 him was great. 
 
142 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Death of Silan. — ^The bishop of Nueva Segovia and 
 his friars were now shut up in the convent of Bantay, 
 near Vigan. Silan could not persuade his followers to 
 kill them. So he was about to allow some of the savage 
 Tinguianes to massacre the priests. At this time a 
 mestizo, named Vicos, planned to assassinate Silan. He 
 received absolution from the bishop, and then went to 
 Silan 's house and shot him in the back. The friars now 
 returned to their parishes ; for the death of Silan terrified 
 his followers for a time. A general pardon and a remis- 
 sion of taxes was proclaimed. 
 
 A Fresh Outbreak. — Anda sent new officials to Vi- 
 gan. By this time the followers of Silan had recovered 
 their courage. They rebelled, making an uncle of Silan 
 governor. Now was the opportunity for Ilocos Norte to 
 take revenge. A force of six thousand from that province 
 invaded Ilocos Sur and defeated the rebels. Silan's wife 
 fled with the wealth he had collected to the mountains 
 of Abra. She was a brave, determined woman. She 
 meant to avenge the death of her husband. So she hired 
 the wild Tinguianes to attack Vigan for her, but the 
 bowmen of Piddig drove her Httle army back to the 
 mountains. 
 
 Anda now made the Cagayan leader, Arza, governor 
 of all of Luzon north of Pangasinan. Arza pursued 
 Silan's wife till he captured her. She and ninety other 
 leaders of the revolt were hung. 
 
 Why the Revolts Failed.— It is easy to see that all 
 these revolts failed because the Filipinos were not agreed 
 as to what they wanted, and how they wanted to get it. 
 
BBITISH INVASION 143 
 
 Each was working for his own good, not for the good 
 of all Filipinos. The old hostile spirit of the different 
 tribes towards each other was still alive.' It takes a long 
 time to make one people of so many different branches of 
 the Malay race. The Fihpinos of that day were strug- 
 gling for a freedom which they did not know how to get, 
 or to use, if they had obtained it. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. Who was governor when the British attacked Manila ? 
 
 2. Did the governor have any warning of the coming of 
 
 the British ? 
 
 3. Describe the landing of the British. 
 
 4. What was the effect of the landing of the British on the 
 
 people of Manila ? 
 
 5. Describe the bombardment of Manila. 
 
 6. How can you tell for what country the " Trinidad " was 
 
 sailing? 
 
 7. What threat did the British general make when his 
 
 officer was killed ? 
 
 8. What caused many Filipinos to desert the Spaniards ? 
 
 9. Describe the conditions of the surrender of Fort Santi- 
 
 ago. 
 
 10. Why did General Draper compel the governor to give 
 
 him 546,000 pesos? . 
 
 11. What is meant by the " sacking " of a city ? 
 
 12. Compare the difference between the British entrance 
 
 into Manila and the American entrance. 
 
 13. Explain why there was this difference. 
 
 14. For what is Simon de Anda famous ? 
 
 15. Compare his patriotism with that of Rojo. 
 
144 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 16. Which do you think was the real governor after the 
 
 British arrived ? 
 
 17. What was the difference between the attitude of the 
 
 Jesuits and the Augustinians toward the conquerors ? 
 
 18. What two things did Anda try to do with his army? 
 
 19. What was the object of the campaign of Backhouse? 
 
 20. What was the principal object of the British ? 
 
 21. How does that compare with the object of the Amer- 
 
 icans? 
 
 22. Who succeeded Rojo as governor? 
 
 28. How long did the British hold Manila? 
 
 24. What was the effect of the revolt in Pangasinan ? 
 
 25. What changes of policy did Silan make ? 
 
 26. Why did his revolt fail ? 
 
 27. How were the revolters in Ilocos punished ? 
 
MODERN TIMES 145 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 THE BEGINNING OF MODERN TIMES. 
 
 Governorship of Anda^l770-X776.— Shortly after 
 the departure of the Bntish, Anda had returned to Spain. 
 The governors who followed Kojo did not repair the ruin 
 caused by the war. The old quarrels between church 
 and state were renewed. The Jesuits were expelled from 
 the Philippines. A strong hand and a clear head were 
 needed. Several times the king asked Anda to take the 
 governorship of the Islands. He was weary of strife, but 
 finally yielded to the repeated requests of the king. 
 Anda was a brave and honest man. During his fight 
 against the British he had spent only 600,000 of the 
 3,000,000 pesos which he had received from the " Phili- 
 pino ". As governor he was economical and honest. Al- 
 though he repaired the walls of Manila and built many 
 ships, the public revenue increased to one and one-half 
 million pesos a year. He did all he could to bring the 
 Philippines out of the wretched state into which a century 
 of folly had plunged them. 
 
 Anda a Modern Man. — Anda was different from the 
 governors who came before him. At the time he returned 
 to the Philippines, Europe and America were feeling their 
 way toward liberty and progress. The revolutionary 
 spirit was stirring France and the United States. New 
 ideas filled men's minds. The Church was losing control 
 
146 IIISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 of the State. Anda, like Das Marinas, was a royal 
 governor. He was not liked by the friars, because he sent 
 a report to the king charging them with disloyalty, and 
 with asking too much money from the natives. While 
 Anda was not a republican he believed that the govern- 
 ment should study to make the country prosperous. He 
 therefore eucoaraged agriculture, believing that the future 
 prosperity of the Islands depended upon this. From his 
 time the governors began to develop the unused riches of 
 the PhiHppines. The galleon trade was nearing its end, 
 and a new era was beginning for the Filipinos. 
 
 The Teaching of Spanish.— During Anda's rule a 
 royal decree ordered that Spanish be taught instead of the 
 native dialects of the Philippines. In a great church 
 council of 1590 the friars had decided to teach the Filipino 
 tongues instead of Spanish. This was because they 
 believed it necessary to teach religion to every one as soon 
 as possible. The friars could learn the languages of the 
 natives much quicker than the na,tives could learn Spanish. 
 Very old people and Httle children might die ignorant 
 of the gospel if it were not quickly taught them in 
 their own tongue. 
 
 Many times the rulers of Spain ordered that Spanish 
 be taught to the Filipinos. Most of the friars were 
 willing to have this done. But they did not believe it 
 would ever be possible to make Spanish the language of 
 the common people. In later days, perhaps there were 
 some who did not wish the Filipinos to learn Spanish 
 because they were afraid the Filipinos would become wise 
 enough to rule themselves. But the " Laws of the Indies ", 
 
MODEEN TIMES 147 
 
 the decrees of the governors of the Philippines, and the 
 efforts of the church, show that Spain tried to teach her 
 language to the Filipinos. 
 
 Death of Anda. — Anda made many enemies by his 
 stem, just ways. These enemies fought against him at 
 the court of Spain. He was fined, and some of his acts 
 condemned. Wearied with work and the ingratitude cf 
 his country, he fell ill, dying at Cavite in 1776. His 
 remains were placed behind the high altar of the Cathedral 
 in Manila. His fame is secure today as one of the most 
 upright governors that Spain ever sent to the Philippines. 
 
 Vasco and Agriculture. — Jose de Vasco y Vargas 
 (1778-1787) was an intelligent and industiious man. 
 Under him a serious attempt was made to improve 
 agriculture. He published a proclamation, offering prizes 
 to those who excelled in agriculture and industry. He 
 encouraged the production of silk. Mulberry trees, on 
 which the silkworm feeds, were planted in large numbers. 
 For some years silk was made in the Philippines. The 
 mulberry and the silk worm flourish in these Islands. In 
 the end, however, the culture of silk did not pay. The 
 plantations were abandoned. The silk of China and 
 Japan was produced and sold cheaper than that of the 
 Philippines. This was because wages were less in those 
 countries, and men were willing to work more steadily 
 than in the Philippines. Many things have failed in the 
 Islands because Filipino laborers have been satisfied with 
 earning a little money. Then they have abandoned their 
 work to spend or gamble away their money. No country 
 can have great industries till it raises up an army of 
 
148 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 steady workers who will work for months at a time at 
 the same rate of wages. 
 
 Why Java Prospered. —It is true that one reason for 
 lack of labor was because the Spaniards did not always 
 give the Filipinos a fair share of the products of their 
 labor. In Java the Dutch compelled the natives of the 
 island to work. But they gave them a larger share of 
 what they produced than was given in the Philippines. 
 Thus Java grew industrious and prosperous while the 
 Philippines advanced slowly. We shall see an- example 
 of this in the way the Spanish managed the tobacco 
 industry. 
 
 The Tobacco Monopoly.— For centuries the Philip- 
 pines had cost the treasury of Mexico a large sura yearly. 
 The burden of the royal subsidy was a heavy drain on 
 the Mexican treasm-y. Vargas now thought of a plan to 
 make the Philippine government pay its own expenses. 
 He decided that all the tobacco must bo raised, manufac- 
 tured and sold by the government. This was called the 
 Tobacco Monopoly. In 1781 the Filipino farmers were 
 forbidden to grow and sell tobacco, except at the order of 
 the government. The following year the government 
 began the business of growing, manufacturing and selling 
 tobacco. This monopoly continued for exactly one 
 hundred years. The revenues of the government in- 
 creased rapidly. There were some years now when it 
 was not necessary to send a subsidy from Mexico. But the 
 treasury was filled by means of oppression and injustice. 
 
 Abuses of the Tobacco Monopoly. — The govern- 
 ment told the farmer just how much land he should plant 
 
MODERN TIMES 149 
 
 each year with tobacco. He was ordered to raise a 
 certain amount from this land. He could not keep one 
 leaf for his own use. His house was searched for hidden 
 tobacco. If the farmer did not raise the required amount 
 his land was given to another. He was heavily fined 
 if he hid any. 
 
 When the government bought the tobacco of the farmer 
 it fixed its own price. Then it made this tobacco into 
 cigars and sold them to the farmer, again at its 
 own price. The government inspectors of were often 
 dishonest and cruel. They accepted bribes from some 
 natives who broke the laws. They undervalued the 
 tobacco of others. They treated harshly the families of 
 those whose houses they searched. As time passed, the 
 government paid less and less for the tobacco. The pay- 
 ments were slowly made. After planting most of his 
 land with tobacco, and worldng hard and long to secure 
 the crop, the farmer often waited longer still for his pay. 
 Finally the government began to pay in written promises 
 instead of money. Men went through the country and 
 bought these pieces of paper of the natives, giving them 
 less money than they were worth. 
 
 All these practices were not only cruel ; they were foolish. 
 They made the people poor, unhappy and rebellious. 
 The Filipinos bore this heavy load with patience. Yet at 
 times they revolted and Idlled the inspectors. 
 
 " Royal Company of the Philippines.'^— The great- 
 est commercial enterprise that Spain started in the Philip- 
 pines was the " Eoyal Company of the Philippines ", in 
 1785. The king, Charles III, was an investor in this 
 
160 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 company. He and his governor, Vargas, did all they could 
 to make it succeed. The capital of the Co:npa,ny was six 
 million pesos. It had the sole right to trade between the 
 Philippines and Spain, but not with Mexico. The Com- 
 pany encouraged the cultivation of silk, indigo, sugar and 
 cotton. Pepper was planted by it in Luzon, the Visayas 
 and Mindanao. It paid a higher price for Philippine 
 pepper than for that of Java and Sumatra. But the 
 Philippines were not so fit to grow pepper as these 
 other islands. The alcaldes-mayor wanted all the trade of 
 their provinces. They were jealous of the Company and 
 would not assist it. So this great enterprise which cost 
 so much and promised so well failed. A further reason 
 for its failure was the unwillingness of the natives to 
 work steadily. 
 
 " Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pais ".—One 
 of the best acts of Vargas was to establish the " Agricultural 
 Society of Friends of the Country ". He did this in obedi- 
 ence to a royal decree. The king ordered the formation 
 of a •* society of select persons capable of producing useful 
 thoughts". This society was founded in 1791. In his 
 speech at the first meeting of the Society Vargas said that 
 the backward condition of the Philippines was on account 
 of too great attention to the galleon trade. Tlio Society 
 included some of the most distinguished people of that 
 day. It lasted till the close of Spanish rule. At times it 
 was dead for years, but it was of some help to Philippine 
 agriculture and industry. 
 
 Vargas Resigns. — Vargas did many other things, 
 such as the suppression of highway robbery, the establish- 
 
MODERN TIMES 151 
 
 inent of a hospice, or house of refuge, and the creation of 
 militia regiments of Filipinos. Like many other good 
 governors, Vargas made enemies. Wearied with the 
 opposition of the judges, merchants and others, be resign- 
 ed in 1787. Some think he was the most useful governor 
 the Philippines have ever had. 
 
 Industry Better Than Conquest.— Although the 
 Tobacco Monopoly was oppressive and the Koyal Com- 
 pany a failure, such efforts did more for the Philippines 
 than the old expeditions of conquest to the Moluccas. 
 They did more for the permanent prosperity of the coun- 
 try than the galleon trade. The Filipinos learned much 
 about industry. The country grew in numbers and 
 wealth. So rich a land, with every variety of soil and 
 climate, needed but little encouragement. 
 
 Rafael de Aguilav Governor— 1793-1806.— Aguilar 
 was a governor of intelligence and energy. He con- 
 tinued the plans of Vargas. The Tobacco Monopoly 
 was bringing large sums of money to the government. By 
 royal order in his rule encouragement was given to the 
 cultivation of the mulberry tree, and of cinnamon, pepper, 
 cotton and cacao. 
 
 Aguilar built a road from Cavite to Manila. He -was 
 the first to hght the streets of Manila. The iron mines of 
 Angat received his help. His rule was marked by only 
 one backward step, the exclusion of foreigners. 
 
 Aguilar and Foreigners. -In 1800 Aguilar forbade 
 foreigners to settle in the Philippines. This policy was a 
 great loss to the country. In a rich country, with so 
 small a population as the Philippines then had, merchants 
 
152 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 of other lands, with capital and energy, are a benefit. The 
 United States have beconie great and powerful in a short 
 time by freely admitting industrious immigrants of all 
 nations except the Chinese. 
 
 Progress cf the Filipinos.— Manila was no longer a 
 village of nipa huts. Many of its inhabitants lived in 
 luxury. The Governor loved display. He spent upon 
 his household sixty thousand pesos a year. This was 
 three times his salary. The islands were entering upon a 
 long period of prosperity . The population was about one 
 and one-half millions. The Philippines were coming to 
 better days. They still suffered from the pirates and 
 other evils, but their condition was steadily growing 
 better. The Filipinos were learning their rights. From 
 this time forward their protests had more weight with 
 their rulers. Instead of the barbaric chiefs of Legazpi's 
 day, their leaders were industrious, successful farmers and 
 merchants. They had learned much from Spain. It 
 was they who were now building her ships, churches and 
 forts. Filipino soldiers were the larger part of Spain's 
 amiy in the Philippines. Filipino priests were serving 
 F-ide by side with the Spanish friars. Filipinos were soon 
 to share in the councils of Spain. 
 
 Question and Topics. 
 
 1. Describe the condition of the country at the close of the 
 
 British occupation. 
 
 2. How did Anda show his honesty and economy ? 
 
 3. What new era began with Anda ? 
 
 4. To what did Anda direct especial attention ? 
 
MODEBN TIMES 153 
 
 5. What decision did the council of 1590 make about 
 
 language ? 
 
 6. Why did not the Filipinos learn more Spanish ? 
 
 7. What hastened the death of Anda? 
 
 8. How did Vargas attempt to encourage agriculture ? 
 
 9. Describe the attempt to raise silk in the Philippines.. 
 
 10. What is necessary for the existence of great industries? 
 
 11. Why has Java been more prosperous than the Philip- 
 
 pines ? 
 
 12. What caused the starting of the Tobacco Monopoly ? 
 
 13. When did the Tobacco Monopoly begin and end? 
 
 14. Consider the effect of the Tobacco Monopoly on the 
 
 treasury, the loyalty of the Filipinos, and upon 
 agriculture. 
 
 15. Name four evils of the Tobacco Monopoly. 
 
 16. Describe the origin of the Royal Company. 
 
 17. What were the products encouraged by the Company? 
 
 18. Why did the Company fail ? 
 
 19. What was the aim of the Agricultural Society ? 
 
 20. Name four of the lesser acts of Vargas. 
 
 21. Compare the methods of the modern governors with the 
 
 former governors. 
 
 22. Write a short essay on the advantages an'd disadvantages 
 
 of admitting foreigners to a country. 
 
 23. How much had the population of the Philippines 
 
 increased between the Conquest and the year 1800 ? 
 
 24. What was the sdary of Aguilar ? 
 
 25. Mention some minor acts of Aguilar. 
 
154 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 THE FILIPINOS AND THE CORTES. 
 
 Napoleon conquers Spain.— In 1809 a ship arrived 
 in Manila from Mexico with startling news. The year 
 before, the great French emperor, Napoleon, had invaded 
 Spain. He forced the king and capital to his feet. Then 
 Napoleon placed his brother Joseph on the throne of 
 Spain. The nation arose in arms. A council was 
 established in Seville. This council proclaimed Fernando 
 VII king. 
 
 First Filipino Deputies,— In return for the loyalty 
 of the Spanish -American colonies and to get their further 
 support, the decree of 1809 allowed them to send deputies 
 to the Cortes. The Cortes was the body of men which 
 made laws for Spain and her colonies. The Filipinos had 
 never had a share in making laws for their own country. 
 Now they were to be allowed to send some of their own 
 people to tell Spain what they wanted. 
 
 In 1810 two natives of the PhiHppines, then in Spain, 
 were chosen to represent the Islands. In the same year 
 the City of Manila elected Ventui^a de los Reyes as 
 Philippine deputy to the Cortes. He was an old and 
 rich merchant. He sailed at once for Spain with his 
 family, and labored earnestly for the good of the 
 Philippines. 
 
 The Constitution of 1812. — A new Constitution was 
 
THE COETES 165 
 
 proclaimed in Spain in 1812. It gave more power to the 
 people to choose their rulers and laws. This Constitution 
 was signed by deputy Eeyes. The Philippines were 
 entitled to one deputy for every sixty^ thousand inhabitants. 
 At this time the population was about 2,000,000. There- 
 fore they had the right to send about forty deputies. But 
 the cost of sending and supporting a delegate for one 
 meetuig of the Cortes was about ten thousand pesos ; so 
 it was impossible to send forty. Therefore there were 
 usually. not more than three or four Fihpinos at one time 
 in the Cortes. 
 
 Publication of the Constitution.— When the Consti- 
 tution was pubhshed in the Philippines in 1813, the people 
 thought they would now be free from the labor tax and 
 tribute. The governor had to send out a proclamation to 
 the provinces explaining that no government could exist 
 without taxes. 
 
 Restoration of Fernando VII.— In 1814 Fernando 
 VII was restored to the throne of Spain. He began his 
 new rule like a tyrant. He abolished the Constitution, 
 and began again the Inquisition, which had been stopped 
 the year before. All who opposed him were killed, or 
 driven out of the country. 
 
 Revolt in Ilocos Norte.— When the natives of the 
 Phihppines were told of these changes they thought the of- 
 ficials in Manila were lying to them. They believed they 
 were being robbed of the new liberties which the Con- 
 stitution had given them. Fifteen hundred Ilocanos re- 
 volted in Ilocos Norte. Their attacks were directed mainly 
 against the rich imncipales. They killed and robbed a 
 
356 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 number of these. Convents and churches were burned 
 and sacked. The books and papers in town records were 
 destroyed. 
 
 Oppression of th^ Poor. — One cause of this revolt 
 was the oppression of the poorer natives by the rich. 
 The latter used to give raw silk or cotton to the common 
 people, and require them to make it into cloth. "When 
 the cloth vv^as delivered the rich would complain of its 
 poor quality. They would say it weighed less than it 
 did. Then they would pay the makers less than they 
 ought. 
 
 If the Filipinos had stopped oppressing each other they 
 might have thrown off the yoke of Spain. But as soon 
 as a few of them got more power than the rest they began 
 to oppress those under them instead of helping them to 
 be free. No people can ever be free till they learn to 
 treat each other justly. 
 
 The Constitution Renewed. — ^The revolts in Spain 
 compelled the king to set up the Constitution again in 
 1820. The next year it was proclaimed all over the 
 Philippines. That year four deputies were elected to the 
 Cortes The people did not rejoice much over the renewal 
 of the Constitution ; for they had learned that it made 
 little improvement in their lot. The governor and the 
 church officials did not want many deputies from Manila 
 in the Cortes. They had always done as they thought 
 best in the Philippines. They did not wish to have their 
 plans and acts exposed and criticised in Spain. As for 
 the Filipinos they had not received much benefit from the 
 deputies, so they did not care. 
 
THE CORTES 157 
 
 The School of Freedom. — These events show that it 
 is very difficult for a people who ha\e never been free to 
 learn what freedom means. When the United States 
 became a free nation she had already spent centuries in 
 learning, little by little, how to use freedom. France, 
 which tried to free herself about the same time, soon lost 
 her freedom because her past history had not taught her 
 people how to use liberty. She had to go school nearly 
 a century longer before she established a strong republic. 
 
 Recommendations of the Deputies.— The efforts 
 of Keyes in the Cortes were principally for the benefit of 
 commerce. He recommended that the galleons no longer 
 be allowed to carry on all the trade with Mexico. They 
 were finally abolished in 1815. Greater freedom of 
 trade with the other Spanish colonies was granted. 
 
 Another Filipino deputy, liiigo, in 1815, recommended 
 that the taxes upon the poor people be decreased. He ad- 
 vised that the government monopolies of tobacco, wine 
 and other products be stopped, and every one be al- 
 lowed to raise what he wished. He called the attention of 
 the Cortes to the many false land titles in the Philippines. 
 He asked that the missions of the friars to China be 
 stopped.''' These missions were costing the government 
 about fifty thousand pesos a year. He advised that a 
 college be started in which Filipino boys could learn va- 
 rious native languages, so that they might be fitted to 
 hold government positions in the provinces. 
 
 These were some of the things the Filipinos wanted. 
 They did not get them. The reason was because Spain 
 did not give the Filipinos representation in the Cortes in 
 
158 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 order to learn how to govern them loetter, but to gain 
 their friendship in time of trouble. 
 
 End of Representation in the Cortes.— In 1837, 
 in a secret session of the Cortes, it was decided not to 
 let the Filipinos send any more deputies to Spain. The 
 reasons given for this were four — the distance of the 
 Philippines, the expense, the difference of customs, and 
 the lack of enough Fihpinos sufficiently well educated for 
 so high an office. 
 
 News of this action nearly created a revolution in Ma- 
 nila. The governor, however, agreed to ma1<e no changes 
 till the Cortes decreed them. It really made little dif- 
 ference at that time whether there were Filipino deputies 
 or not. The royal and the church officials were toe 
 powerful for a few deputies in Spain to change their 
 plans. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. When, and why were the Philippines first allowed depu- 
 
 ties in the Cortes f 
 
 2. Who was the first Filipino deputy ? 
 
 3. To what did his recommendations chiefly relate? 
 
 4. Why did so few deputies from the Philippines attend 
 
 the Cortes f 
 
 5. What was the first effect of the publication of the Con- 
 
 stitution in the Philippines ? 
 
 6. What two important changes did Fernando VII make 
 
 when restored to the throne ? 
 
 7. What was the principal reason for the revolt in Ilocos? 
 
 8. What is the lesson of this revolt ? 
 
 9. AVhat does the contrast between France and the United 
 
 States teach ? 
 
THE CORTES 159 
 
 10. Mention the five recommendations of liiigo. 
 
 11. Why did the Philippines proiit so little from representa- 
 
 tion in the Cortes f 
 
 12. Give and explain the four reasons why the deputies 
 
 were discontinued. 
 
 13. What effect did this produce in Manila ? 
 
160 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 REBELLION AND REFORM. 
 
 The Mutiny of Novales.— Many of the officers in 
 the Philippine army were Mexicans. After Mexico gain- 
 ed her independence from Spain in 1819, it was thought 
 best to replace these men with Spaniards. Governor 
 Martinez in 1822 brought a number of officers with him 
 from Spain for this purpose. The Mexican and the 
 Filipino officers of the army were very jealous of these 
 new arrivals. The old officers were not at once dis- 
 charged, but they saw that it would be impossible for 
 them to obtain promotion. Therefore they began to con- 
 spire to overthrow^ the government. Meetings of the 
 conspirators were secretly held at San Pedro Macati. 
 The plans of the Mexicans were discovered, and a number 
 of officers were sent to Spain as prisoners. 
 
 Captain Novales was the leader of the revolters. One 
 night in June, 1823, he led eight hundred soldiers against 
 the loyal troops. It was a night of terror and confusion 
 in Manila. The rebels captured the Palace and other 
 public buildings, but not Fort Santiago. A number of 
 Spanish officers were captured or killed. 
 
 Suppression of the Revolt.— Most of the Filipino 
 troops remained faithful to the governor. Martinez soon 
 came to the rescue of Manila with the Pampangan 
 regiment, and within twenty-four hours ended the 
 
EEBELLION AND REFOEM 161 
 
 revolt. Novales and about twenty other officers, Mexican 
 and Filipino, were executed. The rest were pardoned. 
 
 The Filipino citizens had no share in this uprising. It 
 was a mutiny of dissatisfied soldiers. Like many other 
 attempted revolutions in Philippine history, the leaders 
 were seeking only their own gain. They cared nothing 
 for the liberty and prosperity of the common people. 
 Had they overthrown the government, the Filipinos would 
 have changed masters, but not have gained freedom. 
 
 Manuel Ricafort Governor— 1825-1830.— Bicafort 
 was an intelligent and active governor. Manila in his day 
 was full of beggars and bad men. He caused a house to 
 house visit to be made, and drove away many of these. 
 He also punished those who sang evil songs, gambled, 
 blasphemed, worked on feast days, or did not bring up 
 their children properly. 
 
 Eicafort gave much attention to agriculture. He tried 
 to improve the condition of the laborers. A great evil in 
 the Philippines had been the taking of all that a man had 
 to pay a debt. Eicafort ordered that laborers should not 
 be put in prison for private debts. If a man could not 
 pay his debts, his creditor could not take away his tools, 
 animals, or land. The object of this law was to give a 
 man time to pay his debts. He ordered that laborers 
 who worked steadily for many years should be free from 
 tribute. These reforms were good. The difficulty was 
 that the governors of the Philippines did not hold their 
 positions long enough to carry out their reforms. When 
 a new governor came to the Philippines he did just as he 
 pleased. If he did not agree with the governor who came 
 
162 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 before him, he did not compel the people to obey the laws 
 that the former governor had made. 
 
 The Rebellion of Dagohoy. — Ricafort suppressed a 
 rebellion that had begun one hundred years before. A 
 century before his time a Jesuit priest in Bohol ordered 
 the capture of a man who had abandoned the Catholic 
 faith. The native who tried to capture him was killed. 
 The brother of the dead man brought the body to the 
 priest for burial. The priest demanded the usual fee. 
 The brother, who was named Dagohoy, refused to pay a 
 fee, saying that as his brother had died in the service of 
 the priest he ought to be buried without charge. For 
 three days the body lay unburied while they quarrelled. 
 Then Dagohoy swore that the priest's body should also lie 
 unburied three days. He started a rebellion. The people 
 of Bohol had always loved war. Three thousand people 
 joined Dagohoy. They lived for a time on a rich hacienda 
 of the Jesuits. Then they killed the priest who refused 
 to bury the body without pay. The body of the priest 
 lay unburied four days. 
 
 An Independent People — For nearly a hundred 
 years these people and their descendants remained unsub- 
 dued in the mountains of Bohol. It was the most suc- 
 cessful rebellion the Fihpinos ever made. It is a mistake 
 to think that the real cause of this rebellion was the 
 refusal of the priest to bury the dead body. Many times 
 in the history of the Philippines a few Filipinos have 
 become weary of the life of civilization and left it to live 
 the wild life of the mountains. Soinetimes they have 
 done it because they were oppressed ; at other times simply 
 
EEBELLION AND BEFOBM 163 
 
 because they loved a wild life. Today the Filipinos 
 have far more freedom than they ever had under Spanish 
 rule. All but one or two of the governors of the forty 
 provinces are Filipinos. All the officers of the more than 
 six hundred municipahties of the Philippines are Filipinos. 
 There is plenty of work for all. No one needs to flee 
 to the mountains and live a wild life. Yet there 
 are still those who do this. The real reason for this 
 is not because they are oppressed, or because they desire 
 to help their brother Filipinos. It is often because they 
 do not love civilization. The hfe of a civilized man is a 
 life where each respects the rights of others. It is a life 
 where each obeys the laws that are made for the good of 
 all. But these people of Bohol that withdrew to the 
 mountains preyed upon other Filipinos. They attacked 
 the villages on the coast. If they had gained their 
 living by agriculture and industry we might admire 
 them. But they robbed and killed their neighbors. No 
 man is obliged to live in a country if he does not like the 
 government. He may go to some other country. But 
 if most of the people in a country desire to obey the law 
 nothing can be worse than for a few men to rebel and 
 live hke savages. It was therefore a good thing that 
 Eicafort finally suppressed this rebellion. 
 
 The New Pueblos. — Eicafort determined to compe^ 
 these rebellious mountaineers to live among and like the 
 civilized Filipinos. They had increased to twenty thousand 
 in number. Under Governor Eaon pardon had been 
 offered to all who would return to a civilized life. But 
 the leaders threatened to kill any who accepted this 
 
164 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 pardon. Ricafort therefore sent the alcalde-mayor of 
 Cebu with a large force to bring back the rebels to a 
 civilized life. The loyal Cebiians and Boholans of this 
 force penetrated to the heart of the mountains of Bohol. 
 Ifc required over six thousand men and more than a year 
 of fighting to do this. In the end five new pueblos were 
 formed on the coast of Bohol and in these and other 
 pueblos the mountaineers were made to live. Had this 
 not been done, Bohol today would be a wilderness popula- 
 ted with savage tribes. 
 
 Pascual Enrile Governor— 1830-1835.— Enrile was 
 another governor whose rule did much for the pro- 
 gress of the Islands. Many of the governors knew 
 little of the Islands outside of Manila. Enrile was a 
 great observer. He travelled over the provinces of 
 northern Luzon. The maps of the Islands were very 
 imperfect. Enrile had in his service a very intelligent 
 young engineer called Pefiaranda, The governor caused 
 new maps and charts to be made by Pefiaranda. At this 
 time the great north and south highways of Luzon were 
 begun. Pefiaranda made surveys for the post-roads. 
 Later he was governor of Albay. Here he greatly 
 improved the roads and encouraged agriculture. 
 
 Advantages of Good Roads.— No country can be 
 civilized, still less prosperous, without roads. With good 
 roads there are fewer bandits, because it is easier to 
 pursue and capture them. Crops can be transported 
 more cheaply. Land that is rich but useless, because its 
 products cannot be carried to market, becomes valuable. 
 With good roads it is easy to reach schools and churches, 
 
EEBELLION AND REFORM 165 
 
 two of the greatest helps to civih"zatiou. Without good 
 roads the people of the Phihppines never cau understand 
 each other. As long as the Filipinos live in the villages 
 where they were born, and never see or talk with the 
 people of other towns and provinces, they will never 
 become a nation. 
 
 Enrile should therefore be long remembered as a wise 
 and useful governor for the efforts he made to cover 
 Luzon with good highways. 
 
 Kinds of Rebellion. — We have studied all the im- 
 portant rebeUions in the Philippines for nearly three 
 centui'ies of Spanish rule. We have learned that most of 
 them were due to the abuse of the tribute system and the 
 forced labor law. We have seen how the goverament 
 monopolies were the cause of others. Still others came 
 from the desire to return to the free, savage life of the 
 mountains and forests. One or two were started by 
 soldiers in revenge for wrongs or to satisfy ambition. We 
 are now to read of a rebellion that had religion for its 
 cloak and independence of Spain for its aim. 
 
 The Revolt of the Cofradia— 1840-1841 —Apo- 
 linario de la Cruz was a donado, or helper, in the 
 Hospital of Sa7i Juan de Dios. He was a young Tagalog, 
 slight in figure, silent and religious. He organized the 
 " Cofradia de San Jose ". This was a religious brother- 
 hood in honor of St. Joseph. None but Fihpinos were 
 allowed to join this brotherhood. It soon had several 
 thousand members in- Laguna, Tayabas and Batangas. 
 Each member paid a tax of one real a month. Secret 
 meetings were held. The authorities of church and state 
 
166 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 suspected that the real purpose of the brotherhood was to 
 start a revolution. Therefore they refused the request for 
 permission to hold a novena in Tayabas. i^t the same 
 time they tried to arrest the young leader. But 
 Apolinario fled from Manila to Laguna. 
 
 Destruction of the Cofradia.— Apolinario called 
 his people together, and took refuge in Igsaban. He 
 enlisted the aid of the Negritos to fight the Spaniards. 
 Governor Ortega, of Tayabas, attacked him with a force 
 of three hundred. This force was defeated and Ortega 
 was killed. 
 
 The Spanish authorities now realized that a serious 
 rebellion had arisen. A large force of soldiers was sent 
 from Manila to destroy the Gofradia. Apohnario had 
 encamped on the peninsula of Alitao near the city of 
 Tayabas. The river was on two sides of his camp and 
 a mountain in the rear. Here he had built a church. 
 Strange ceremonies were held there. Apolinario claimed 
 to have the special protection of the Virgin Mary. He 
 told his followers that when their enemies attacked them 
 the earth would open and swallow their foes. 
 
 In the battle that followed five hundred of the Go- 
 fradia were killed, after a brave fight. Apolinario's own 
 men, filled with rage at being deceived, tried to find and 
 kill him. But he had fled. A few days later he was 
 captured, tried, and executed. His followers called Apo- 
 hnario " king of the Tagalogs ". Most of them were poor, 
 ignorant peasants. We shall see how in the next revolt 
 Filipinos of a different class, with new ideas, were the 
 leaders. 
 
EEBELLION AND REFOKM 167 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. What caused the rebellion ofNovales? 
 
 2. Why was it not successful? 
 
 3. What would the Filipinos have gained by the success of 
 
 Novales ? 
 
 4. What was the condition of Manila in tlie time of 
 
 Ricafort? 
 
 5. What laws for the benefit of laborers did Ricafort 
 
 make ? 
 
 6. Why did many good reforms fail ? 
 
 7. What was the immediate cause of the rebellion of 
 
 Dagohoy ? 
 
 8. What was the real reason ? 
 
 9. What sacrifice does civilization require? 
 
 10. How long did the followers of Dagohoy remain 
 
 independent ? 
 
 11. What offer did they refuse? 
 
 1 2. How did the trouble finally end ? 
 
 13. What great service did Enrile do the Philippines? 
 
 14. Find four reasons why good roads are a benefit. 
 
 15. Mention five causes of rebellion. 
 
 16. AVrite a short story, in your own words, of the revolt of 
 
 the Cofradia. 
 
163 niSTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO. 
 
 Changes of Governors.— Beginning with Claveria 
 twenty different governors ruled the Phih'ppines in twenty- 
 five years. In a country where each governor had the 
 power to change the plans of his predecessor frequent 
 chai]ges were made. Many reforms were begun by these 
 governors, but few of them were finished. Mohtero, the 
 greatest of modern Spanish historians of the Philippines, 
 said : " As hell, according to a vulgar proverb, is paved 
 with good intentions, so Spanish legislation appears full of 
 wise laws and beautiful theories which are never enforced. 
 The very men who proclaim the soundest principles of 
 government and thunder against the existing political and 
 social evils are the first to commit them." 
 
 Character of the Spanish Officials.— There were 
 several reasons for this. One reason was because the 
 governors of the Philippines did not have capable and 
 faithful subordinates. Governor Novaliches said : " It is 
 not hidden from you that carelessness has been exercised 
 in the choice of those to serve in the Antilles. It is a sad 
 but true fact that as a rule neither the most intelligent 
 nor those most careful of their good name and reputation 
 have gone to those distant countries. Nor is it necessary 
 that I point out to you the evils that have followed in the 
 train of this practice." 
 
CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO 169 
 
 The Friars and the Governors.— A further reason 
 was the ignorance of the governors of the real needs of 
 the Filipinos, and how to satisfy them. The people who 
 really understood the country were the parish priests. 
 These men as a rule spent their lives in the Philippines. 
 Many of them spoke the Filipino tongues fluently. On 
 the whole they had the good of the natives at heart. 
 When they saw laws proposed by men who knew little 
 of the Philippines and the Filipinos they fought against 
 these laws. If they could not influence a governor they 
 persuaded his successor to change the laws. Oftentimes 
 they were in the right. But right or wrong no country 
 can prosper with two ruling classes who do not agree. 
 Therefore, though the governors during this period were 
 intelligent and active men, they accomplished very little 
 by their numerous laws. 
 
 Eflfect of Travel and Commerce.— -The world 
 advanced so rapidly during the nineteenth century that 
 it was impossible that some light should not reach the 
 Philippines. In the middle of that century the world began 
 to be girdled with steamers and telegraph-lines. People 
 travelled more, and commerce brought all countries closer 
 together. So in spite of the weakness of the Philippine 
 government a few of her rulers who had learned modern 
 methods succeeded in helping the country. Among these 
 are two whose names are most worthy to be remembered — 
 Claveria and Urbistondo. 
 
 Narciso Claveria Governor— 1844-1849.— Claveria 
 was a man of "culture, probity and industry". He 
 travelled through many provinces trying to learn the 
 
170 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 needs of the Filipinos. He encouraged agriculture, 
 improved the streets and suburbs of Manila, and tried to 
 give the Islands a government as good as that of modern 
 Spain. VYe shall study a few of his acts. 
 
 Reformation of the Calendar. — The Philippines till 
 1845 were one day behind the calendar of Europe. When 
 Magellan sailed west around the world he lost a few 
 minutes every day. He was going the same way the sun 
 seems to go, so his day ended later than that of the people 
 who remained in Europe. Therefore he was later in 
 beginning the next day. By the time he reached the 
 Philippines he was a day behind Europe in his date. This 
 error had been known for centuries. That it was not 
 corrected shows how slow the rulers of the Philippines in 
 those days were to change a custom. Finally Glaveria 
 and the archbishop agreed to drop December 31, 1844, 
 from the Philippine calendar. So the day that followed 
 December, 30, 1844, in the Philippines was called January 
 1, 1845. 
 
 Surnames of the Filipinos. —From the days of the 
 Spanish conquest some Filipinos had received Spanish 
 surnames. Most of the people, however, had no surnames. 
 This caused much confusion. So in 1849 Glaveria 
 sent to the chiefs of the provinces long lists of Spanish 
 surnames. These were sent out to the different towns, 
 and given to the natives who had no surnames. In many 
 towns all these names began with the same letter of the 
 alphabet. 
 
 First Steamers in the Philippines. — The first steam- 
 ers to sail regularly in PhiHppine waters were the " Maga- 
 
CLAVEBfA AND URBISTONDO 171 
 
 llanes ", '* Elcano ", and " Eeina de Castilla '*. They were 
 brought from London in 1848. These steamers were of 
 great value, because now it was possible to chase and 
 capture the swift boats of the Moro pirates. 
 
 The Alcaldes-mayor. — From the earliest days the 
 chief of a province had acted both as governor and judge. 
 He also engaged in trade, of which he had a monopoly. 
 With the duties of three men to perform, it was not 
 strange that the alcaldes-mayor were often poor rulers. 
 They knew little of the law. Therefore they sent all the 
 important cases to Manila. For this reason there were 
 often long delays in deciding cases. Sometimes it reqmred 
 years to get justice. This encouraged the strong to 
 oppress the weak. Claveria therefore ordered that the 
 alcaldes-mayor be men of two years' experience in 
 the law. 
 
 Gains of the Alcaldes. — Claveria also ordered that 
 the alcaldes should not engage in trade. This wise 
 decree was not fally obeyed for many years after 
 the time of Claveria. At that time there were thirty-one 
 provinces. The alcalde received a salary of from, three 
 hundred to two thousand pesos a year. The most 
 common salary was six hundred pesos. In return 
 for the privilege of controUing the trade of the province 
 the alcalde paid the government as high as three 
 thousand pesos a year. Yet they usually became 
 rich. Men of high position tried to get these places. 
 Sometimes they returned to Spain with fortunes, after a 
 few years as alcalde. Too often these fortunes were made 
 by dealing unjustly with the Fihpinos. From the days 
 
172 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 of the first encomenderos tbe Spanish officials looked 
 upon the Filipino as a mine out of which to dig a fortune. 
 They did not see, as the Dutch in Java have seen, that if 
 the rulers of a country are to be prosperous they must 
 make all the people prosperous. 
 
 Conquest of Jolo. — Claveria had conducted a success- 
 ful expedition against the pirates of the Samal Islands. 
 He destroyed several forts on the Island of Balanguingui 
 and released one hundred and thirty Filipino and Dutch 
 captives. But Jolo, the great stronghold of Moro piracy, 
 remained unsubdued after three hundred yeai-sof Spanish 
 rule. 
 
 Antonio de Urbistondo, governor 1850-1853, demand- 
 ed of the sultan of Jolo the punishment of some pirates 
 who had attacked Samar. The sultan refused the request 
 and fired upon the ships of Urbistondo. Then the 
 Spanish government aroused itself to strike a death blow 
 at the old enemy of the Filipinos. The merchants of 
 Manila gave eighty thousand pesos toward the expenses 
 of an expedition, and loaned several ships to Urbistondo. 
 A great force of Cebuans and Boholans, under the 
 brave Father Ibaiiez, joined the fleet which sailed from 
 Manila. Urbistondo collected all his forces at Zambo- 
 anga. He had three thousand Spanish troops and one 
 thousand Filipinos. The fleet sailed to Jolo. The city 
 was filled with thousands of Moro warriors, and strongly 
 fortified. The two days' battle that followed was one of 
 the bravest and bloodiest ever fought on Philippine soil. 
 Father Ibanez fell, flag in hand, on the walls of Fort 
 Daniel. Several hundred of the loyal forces were killed 
 
CLAVEEIA AND URBISTONDO 173 
 
 or wounded. Many Moros were slain, and the city of 
 Jolo captured. 
 
 Treaty with the Sultan. — The sultan was compelled 
 to make a treaty with Spain. He agreed to use the 
 Spanish flag, and to allow freedom of commerce* and 
 religion. But the promises of these pirates were never 
 worth anything. The Spaniards agreed to pay the sultan 
 a pension of fifteen hundred pesos a year and smaller 
 pensions to several of his datos. In reality the sultan 
 had made a good bargain. Spain showed her inability to 
 conquer and keep Jolo. Still, the pirates long remember- 
 ed their defeat. From that day they did less harm to 
 the people of the northern islands. 
 
 The First Philippine Bank.— Commerce is the pillar 
 of modern civilization. To carry on a great commerce 
 banks are necessary. The first bank in the Philippines 
 was due to the energy of Urbistondo. He furnished half 
 the money to start it from the Ohras Pias and other public 
 funds. The bank opened in 1852. It was called the 
 '* Ba7ico Espahol-Filipino '\ Few Spaniards or Filipinos 
 had the money or the courage to deal with it. The 
 people of Manila were always slow to make changes 
 in their way of doing business. Foreign merchants had 
 been shut out of the Philippines till very recent years. 
 The merchants here had no competitors to show them 
 and make them use better methods. Finally it became 
 necessary to allow foreigners to do business with the 
 bank. Then commerce and industry began to flour- 
 ish. Merchants could get capital to purchase large and 
 fresh stocks of goods. The great commercial houses now 
 
174 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 began to do a large business. Manila was waking from 
 the sleep of centuries. 
 
 The Next Ten Years. — In the nine years succeeding 
 Urbistondo eight governors ruled the Philippines. They 
 atterdpted many things, with little success. It was 
 impossible for the country to flourish when governors were 
 changed so often. Each man was ambitious to become 
 famous. So he tried to do something different from the 
 governor who came before him. Some of the governors 
 were sent to the Philippines against their will because the 
 king did not want them, in Spain. All this was very bad 
 for the Filipinos. 
 
 We shall study only two or three important events of 
 these ten years. 
 
 Return of the Jesuits. — The Jesuits had been ex- 
 pelled from the Philippines, by order of the king, in 1768. 
 For nearly one hundred years there had been none of this 
 famous religious order in the Islands. In 1859 they began 
 to return. They were not allowed to become parish 
 priests in the civilized towns or to hold haciendas. They 
 could organize and teach schools, and serve as missionaries 
 among the wild tribes. The special field for their mis- 
 sionary work was to be Mindanao. Here they taught 
 many savages to live in towns, and instructed them in 
 religion. Their work since their return has been very 
 useful. The Filipinos are better disposed toward them 
 than toward any other order. 
 
 The Eecollects had to leave Mindanao to make room for 
 the Jesuits. Then they were given parishes in Cavite 
 and Manila which the Filipino priests held. The native 
 
CLAVEEfA AND URBISTONDO 175 
 
 clergy felfc that this was unjust, and appealed to the king. 
 But the plan was carried out in spite of their protest. 
 From this time hatred for the friars increased rapidly 
 among certain classes of Filipinos. 
 
 Reforms in Education. — For three hundred years 
 the schools of the Philippines had been in charge of the 
 friars. Antonio Sedeno, a Jesuit, established the first tme 
 Spanish school in the Philippines. The friars decided 
 what should be taught. They selected and trained the 
 teachers. They gave as much attention to education as 
 their other duties would allbw. In doing this they did 
 a great deal for the Filipinos. In the early days the 
 Spanish government was too poor to establish a good 
 system of secular public schools. Besides, it was long 
 thought in Europe that the charge of the schools belonged 
 to the church, and that reHgion should be the chief 
 matter of instruction. Jgut by the middle of the nine- 
 teenth century education had become a science in Europe. 
 It was now thought to be the duty of the state to educate 
 all its children. Men began to see that the public school 
 was a place to learn about earth as well as heaven. 
 
 Educational Decree of 1863.— -Therefore a royal 
 decree in 18G3 placed the governor of the Philippines in 
 charge of all the schools. He was assisted by the arch- 
 bishop and others. The chief school inspector of each 
 province was its governor, who was also assisted by a 
 church official. The town inspector of schools was the 
 parish priest. 
 
 It was ordered that every town should have at least 
 one school for boys and one for girls. Instruction was 
 
176 niSTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 free for all, and all were obliged to attend. Many school 
 houses were built and new studies were introduced into 
 the schools. 
 
 In 1865 the Jesuit Nonnal School was opened in Manila 
 to educate teachei-s for the primary schools. The govern- 
 ment tried to have Spanish taught in the schools. Text 
 books in the Philippine languages were ordered translated 
 into Spanish. Teachers were to be free from the labor tax 
 Other wise regulations were made, but these reforms 
 were poorly carried out because church and state did 
 not work in harmony. But we should not judge the 
 past by the standards of the present. Spain did more for 
 the education of the Fihpinos than many nations have 
 done for their colonies. Small as the results seem, they 
 were of great value and one of the greatest benefits that 
 the Filipinos received from the Spanish government. 
 
 Earthquake of 1863.— In 1863 and the following 
 year many calamities fell upon the Philippines. The 
 locusts destroyed the crops in the southern islands. 
 Cholera caused many deaths. Great fires burned thou- 
 sands of houses in Manila, Batangas and elsewhere. 
 Among the losses was a government storehouse containing 
 two million pesos' worth of tobacco. 
 
 Most terrible of all was the earthquake of 1863 in 
 Manila. On June 3, at 7.31 p.m., the earth began to 
 tremble. Bents opened in the ground. A cloud of 
 flame and dust arose above the falHng city. The bells 
 of the churches clanged wildly with the first shock ; at 
 the second they fell to the ground. More than six 
 hundred of the largest and finest buildings of Manila were 
 
CLAVERIA AND URBISTONDO 177 
 
 destroyed. A cry of grief and terror went up from the 
 stricken city. Six hundred persons were killed and 
 injured. All who were able fled outside the walls, and 
 lived for days in the native huts, afraid to return to their 
 homes. Five days later another shock completed the 
 ruin of the buildings. The Augustinian convent was the 
 only public building that was uninjured. 
 
 Large sums of money were collected in Spain and the 
 Spanish colonies for the relief of the sufferers from the 
 earthquake. It was many years before this money 
 was distributed. Much of it never reached the people 
 for whom it was intended. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. What can you say of the changes of governors from 
 
 1844 to 1869? 
 
 2. Name two reasons why the plans of the governors in 
 
 this period often failed. 
 
 3. What forces helped to modernize the Islands? 
 
 4. What sort of a governor was Claveria ? 
 
 5. Explain the reform of the calendar in 1844. 
 
 6. Can you think of any advantages of surnames? 
 
 7. Of what special value were the first steamers in the 
 
 Philippines ? 
 
 8. What three occupations did the alcaldes-mayor have? 
 
 9. Why was justice slow ? 
 
 10. What was the range of salaries of the alcaldes? 
 
 11. How did they become rich ? 
 
 12. Why was it bad for them to engage in commerce? 
 
 13. What happened at Bulanguingui ? 
 
 14. Describe the conquest of Jolo by Urbistondo. 
 
178 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 15. Who gained most by the treaty and why ? 
 
 16. Of what importance are banks to civilization? 
 
 17. Why did the first Philippine bank nearly fail? 
 
 18. What about the governors in the ten years after Urbis- 
 
 tondo ? 
 
 19. When were the Jesuits expelled, and when did they 
 
 return ? 
 
 20. On what conditions did they return? 
 
 21. AVhat did the Recollects now have to do? 
 
 22. AVhat effect did this have on the Filipinos ? 
 
 23. Who established the first Spanish school in the Phil- 
 
 ippines ? 
 
 24. What was the relation of the friars to the schools? 
 
 25. Why did not the Spanish have secular schools in the 
 
 Philippines earlier ? 
 
 26. What were the causes of the educational decree of 1863? 
 
 27. Who had charge of the schools in the Archipelago, the 
 
 province, and the town ? 
 
 28. What improvements in education did this decree order ? 
 
 29. Why were these reforms only partly successful ? 
 
 30. Why should Spain be praised for her educational work 
 
 in the Philippines ? 
 
EEPUBLICANISM 179 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 THE DAWN OF REPUBLICANISM. 
 
 Revolution in Spain.— In 1868 Isabela II was 
 dethroned. Many of the revolutionists wanted a republic. 
 Instead, a constitutional monarchy was formed which 
 lasted two years. This event was of the greatest im- 
 portance to the Philippines. A governor-general with 
 ideas of equality, freedom and democracy was now sent 
 to the Islands. The Filipinos now began to learn the 
 meaning of a republic, of the rule of the people. 
 
 Carlos de la Torre Governor— 1869-1871.~-No 
 governor had ever come to the Philippines with such ideas 
 as La Torre - brought. Philip II had given to Das 
 Mariiias a body-guard of halberdiers. The governors- 
 general were accustomed to appear in public with the 
 pomp and display of monarchs. La Torre changed this 
 custom. He dressed simply, wore a straw hat, and went 
 about the city without an escort. He treated the Filipinos 
 as fellow citizens, not as beings far beneath him. 
 
 Senora de Sanchiz. — La Torre's wife was an invalid, 
 so the wife of Colonel Sanchiz received the guests of 
 the governor at the palace. She was a w^oman of cult- 
 ure and ability. At the receptions at Malacarian she 
 received the Filipinos so courteously and cordially that 
 
180 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Spaniards withdrew in envy. The Filipinos called her 
 ** la madre de los Filipinos ". 
 
 " Guias de Torre/' — The provinces near Manila were 
 full of robbers in those days. Torre was weak in dealing 
 with these bandits. He pardoned one of their leaders, 
 Camerino, and gave him command of the " Guias de 
 Torre ". This was a police force whose object was to de- 
 stroy brigandage. Some of its members had themselves 
 been bandits. They were now taken, fresh from robbery 
 and murder, and given " safe conducts ". Often they aided 
 the robbers instead of attacking them. It soon became 
 necessary to put several provinces under martial law. 
 Experience has shown in the Philippines that it is 
 unwise to forgive men who have gone about the country 
 for years as ladrones. 
 
 The Red Ribbon.— September 21, 1869, the new 
 Constitution was sworn in Manila. To celebrate the 
 revolution of 1868 the governor held a reception. Many 
 Filipinos attended. A procession with Hags and music, 
 led by Father Burgos, Joaquin Pardo de Tavera and 
 Maximo Paterno, marched to the palace. Such a proces- 
 sion, in honor of such an event, would have been impos- 
 sible under former governors. 
 
 At the reception Seiiora de Sanchiz was conspicuous, 
 with a red ribbon about her hair upon which appeared 
 the words, " Viva el pueblo sober ano ". About her neck 
 was a red tie bearing at one end the words, ** Viva la 
 libertad ", and at the other, " Viva el General Torre.'' 
 These were strange scenes for the Philippines. The new 
 governor was fulfiling the hopes of the revolutionary 
 
EBPUBLICANISM 181 
 
 leader who said of him, " We hope that under his rule 
 iadividual rights may be proclaimed in the Philippines." 
 
 Spread of Republicanism.— By the close of La 
 Torre's rule everything was in confusion. The revolu- 
 tionary government had sent new officials to the Philip- 
 pines. These men were full of democratic ideas. They 
 spread these ideas among the Filipinos. For the first time 
 many began to understand the difference between the rule 
 of a king and the rule of the people. Filipinos were allow- 
 ed to read papers and magazines full of republican ideas. 
 
 The revenues of the government grew smaller because 
 collected by inexperienced men. La Torre, therefore, was 
 recalled to Spain. He left the Filipinos full of hopes and 
 ambitions, but with no knowledge of how to attain them. 
 
 The Meaning of Freedom.— The Filipinos thought, 
 and many still think, that good laws would make the 
 people free. But no people is made free merely by chang- 
 ing the laws. In order to use freedom properly the 
 citizens of a country must be intelligent, industrious, 
 respectful of the rights of others, and obedient to the laws. 
 Not until a nation is composed of such people is it ready 
 for political freedom Spain had far more citizens of this 
 sort than the Philippines had, yet it was impossible to 
 establish a republic in Spain. Peoples who have lived in 
 oppression and ignorance for centuries need a very long 
 preparation for freedom. 
 
 Rafael de Izquierdo Governor— 1871-1873.— -A 
 stern and firm governor of the old style succeeded La 
 Torre. Eepublican ideas were losing ground in Spain. 
 Amadeo I. had been proclaimed king. The ceremony of 
 
182 HISTORY OF TliE PHILIPPINES 
 
 taking tiie oath of obedience to the new monarch was held 
 in the Ayimtamiento. In the old days this event was a 
 time of enthusiasm and festivity. But on this occasion 
 the spirit of loyalty was missing. New thoughts had come 
 to the Filipinos. Eespecb for kings was passing away. 
 
 The hopes raised under the liberal rule of La Torre 
 were frowned upon by Izquierdo. He assumed the proud 
 ways of the former governors. He yielded to the inlluence 
 of the rehgious orders. The people felt that there was no 
 chance to get their liberty by peaceful means Therefore 
 they secretly planned an insurrection against Spain. 
 
 The Cavite Insurrection. — The night of January 20, 
 1872, was set by the conspirators for the destruction of 
 the Spaniards in Cavite and Manila. Rockets were to be 
 fired from the walls of Manila as a signal to the rebels in 
 Cavite that the revolt had begun in Manila. Toward 
 evening a Filipina in Manila told a Spanish officer that 
 all the Spaniards would be killed that night. This officer 
 at once notified Governor Izquierdo. The governor 
 immediately visited all the barracks and warned the 
 officers to be on their guard. The native soldiers who 
 were in the plot saw that their plans were discovered. 
 Therefore they did not rebel. 
 
 Meantime the conspirators at Cavite were watching 
 the horizon towards Manila for the sign of the rockets. 
 In Sampaloc that evenig they were celebrating thQ fiesta 
 of the Virgin of Loreto. The fire- works in honor of this 
 event were mistaken for the promised signal. Several 
 hundred soldiers of the Cavite Arsenal and of Forfc San 
 Felipe seized their guns and revolted with the cry " Death 
 
REPUBLICANISM 183 
 
 to Spain.'* They killed the commander of the fort and 
 some other officers. The colonel of the seventh infantry 
 prevented his soldiers from rebelling. These were fired 
 on from the fort by the rebels. The latter now held the 
 fort, besieged by the loyal natives. That night the news 
 of the revolt reached Manila by boat. There was surprise 
 and fear among the Spaniards. Manila was garrisoned 
 by Filipino regiments with Spanish officers. These 
 regiments were faithful to Spain. They were carried to 
 Cavite in boats. The rebels refused to surrender. The 
 fort w^as taken by storm on the second day, and most of 
 the rebels were put to the sword. 
 
 Cause of the Insurrection.— The Spaniards thought 
 that the native priests, jealous of the friars, planned this 
 insurrection. Othere say that the friars secretly stirred 
 up the insurrection so that they might accuse the native 
 clergy of a crime that would prevent their advancement. 
 This seems unreasonable. Whether the revolt was 
 planned by the Filipino priests or not, the object of the 
 insurrection was freedom from what the Filipinos consid- 
 ered the tyranny of Spain. To some this freedom meant 
 the expulsion of the friars. Many would have been 
 satisfied with reform, without independence of Spain. 
 Others wished independence and the establishment of a 
 Filipino republic. 
 
 The importance of this insurrection was great, though 
 it had small success. A more intelligent class of Filipinos 
 planned it than the leaders of previous insurrections. It 
 was the first revolt of importance in which hatred of the 
 friars strongly appeared. 
 
184 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Burgos, Zamora and Gomez. — ^These three men 
 were Filipino priests. Burgos and Zamora were curates 
 of the Cathedral of Manila. Gomez was parish priest of 
 the pueblo of Bacoor, Cavite. All had long been suspected 
 of treachery to Spain. They had striven for the rise of 
 the Filipino clergy. Their ability and influence had 
 aroused jealously. The Spaniards arrested them, and 
 charged them with being the authors of the insurrection. 
 Some of the captured rebels said they were urged to 
 revolt by these priests. On the fifteenth of February the 
 Council of War condemned them to die by the garrote. 
 The unhappy trio declared their innocence to the last. 
 Proofs of their guilt have never been published. Most 
 Filipinos believe they were martyrs to the cause of 
 freedom. 
 
 The Execution. — At sunrise, on the seventeenth of 
 February, 1872, the three priests were led out to the Ba- 
 gumbayan Field to receive the death penalty. Clad in 
 humble suits of black they walked through files of soldiers 
 to meet their fate. 
 
 Gomez was possessed of property valued at two hun- 
 dred thousand pesos. Just before he went forth to death 
 he calmly dictated his will, leaving most of his wealth to 
 a son born before he entered the priesthood. On his 
 knees, about to die, he said to the officer of police at his 
 side that he had forgotten a bag of money which lay 
 under his pillow. He asked that this be given to the 
 poor. 
 
 The large field of Bagumbayan and the Luneta were 
 filled with an immense and solemn throng. Batteries of 
 
REPUBLICANISM 185 
 
 artillery faced the crowd, ready to fire at the least sign of 
 revolt. Gomez met death calmly. Burgos and Zamora 
 perished weeping bitterly. The multitude went quietly to 
 their homes. The threat of the cannon had stilled their 
 hands, but not their hearts. A harvest of revenge was 
 sown that day. 
 
 The " Mailed Hand ". — Many others were condemn- 
 ed to death or imprisonment. The trials were swift and 
 secret ; the sentences promptly executed. Fear and rage 
 filled the hearts of the rulers. Izquierdo sent to Spain for 
 a regiment. Henceforth the Philippines felt the weight 
 of the " mailed hand". There was peace in the land for 
 years after this, but beneath the surface a deeper and 
 more terrible revolt than the Islands had ever known be- 
 fore was forming. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. What sort of a government v;as formed in Spain in 
 
 1868? 
 
 2. What kind of ideas did Governor La Torre have ? 
 
 3. What was La Torre's policy toward ladrones f 
 
 4. Why is such a policy a failure ? 
 
 5. How was the Revolution of 1868 celebrated in Manila ? 
 
 6. How were republican ideas spread in the Philippines 
 
 during La Torre's rule ? 
 
 7. In what state did La Torre leave affairs in the Islands ? 
 
 8. What qualities must a people have to fit them for 
 
 republican government ? 
 
 9. How did Izquierdo differ from La Torre ? 
 
 10. AVhat two views have been held about the movers of the 
 Cavite insurrection ? 
 
186 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 11. Mention two features of this insurrection that give it 
 
 importance. 
 
 12. What was the state of the people after the execution of 
 
 the priests? 
 
 13. How were the conspirators tried ? 
 
 14. What kind of peace followed ? 
 
 15. Write the story of the Cavite insurrection in 100 words. 
 
PEACE AND PROGEESS 187 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 PEACE AND PROGRESS. 
 
 Peace. — In the years from 1872 to 1896 there was 
 no serious insurrection in the Philippines. Gradually 
 the Filipino soldiers were replaced with Spaniards. The 
 rulers no longer had confidence in the loyalty of the 
 native troops. For centuries the Filipinos had fought the 
 battles of their conquerors against both natives and for- 
 eigners. If the rule of Spain had been just and generous, 
 the Philippines would still be hers. But she had abused 
 the faith and disappointed the hopes of the Filipinos. 
 They no longer had confidence in promises of reform 
 which never came true. The peace of these years was 
 therefore kept at the cannon's mouth. 
 
 Commercial Growth. — Peace, even of this sort, was 
 better for the commerce and industry of the country than 
 war. The Suez canal was opened in 1868. Steam 
 navigation was rapidly growing. A direct mail service 
 between the Philippines and Spain was begun in 1874. 
 At the same time Legazpi, Tacloban, and other ports 
 were opened to foreign commerce. Telegraphic lines were 
 constructed in some parts of the Islands in 1873. The 
 Manila-Dagnpan railroad was opened in 1891. Capital 
 from other countries was invested in business under- 
 takings. All these changes brought the Philippines nearer 
 the great markets of Europe and America. The alcaldes- 
 
188 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 mayor no longer monopolized the trade of the provinces. 
 Wealth began to be distributed among many, instead of 
 remaining in the hands of a few. With a wise govern- 
 ment this prosperity would have been much greater. 
 The reason the PhiHppines advanced in this period was 
 because the commerce of the great world outside grew so 
 fast that the riches of the Philippines could no longer be 
 hidden. Small credit is due to the government. 
 
 The Works of the Port.— A proof of the incapability 
 of the rulers is the attempt of the Spanish government to 
 build a harbor for Manila. Manila Bay is so large that 
 ships are not protected by the land from storms. When 
 the southwest monsoon blows, ships sometimes lie for 
 many weeks waiting for their cargoes. At such times it 
 is impossible to load or unload them. The bay is shallow 
 near Manila. Ships have to anchor far from the shore. 
 Their cargoes are taken to and from them by small boats. 
 This has been a great loss to the commerce of the country. 
 In 1880 harbor works were begun. It was planned to 
 build great walls of stone to shelter the ships from the 
 waves. Within these walls the bay was to be dredged 
 so that ships could come near the shore. Large sums of 
 money were expended. The work went on for years, 
 but little progress was made. It was believed that this 
 money was not honestly or wisely spent. Finally Gov- 
 ernor-general Weyler in 1889 decreed that these works 
 be stopped, because they "■ consumed hundreds of thou- 
 sands of pesos, and made almost no progress ". 
 
 To see what a strong and honest government can do, 
 one may now look at a tract of land larger than the 
 
PEACE AND PEOGEESS 189 
 
 walled city of Manila, which has been pumped from the 
 bottom of the bay in the three years froQi 1901-1904. 
 Large steamers now lie near the shore, protected behind 
 a great sea-wall. Within another year or two, great 
 warehouses will cover these broad acres. The largest 
 steamers will discharge their cargoes at the side of the 
 pier into railroad cars, to be carried to all parts of Luzon 
 by a net-work of railways. 
 
 End of the Tobacco Monopoly.— Under Governor 
 Primo de Eivera in 1881 the government ceased to raise 
 and sell tobacco. This monopoly had become a disgrace. 
 Large sums were due the farmers for the tobacco they 
 had raised for the government. Since this monopoly 
 has ceased many FiHpinos have succeeded in maldng a 
 good Hving by raising tobacco for themselves. It is said 
 that since the semi-slavery days of compulsory tobacco 
 raising are ended the farmers do not grow as good 
 tobacco, or cure it as carefully. But the bribery and 
 abuses of the old days are ended. Free industry and an 
 honest government are worth more than tobacco. 
 
 Municipal Councils. — In 1893 a change was made 
 in the way of governing towns. For a long time the 
 head of the government in each town was the gohernador- 
 cillo. This man was the only official with much power. 
 He did what the alcalde-mayor ordered him to do. But 
 the alcaldes seldom visited the pueblos, and in all small 
 matters the gobernadorcillo acted like a little king. He 
 was chosen by thirteen men only. One of these was the 
 last gobernadorcillo. Six were men who had been in the 
 past gohernadorcillos. The remaining six were cahezas de 
 
190 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 barangay. The gobernadorcillo must be a native, or a 
 Chinese mestizo. The alcaldes-may 07- were Spaniards. 
 So the power to choose the gobernadorcillo was in the 
 hands of a very few. This was a poor school in which to 
 learn self-government. The Filipinos did not choose 
 their rulers nor decide how the taxes should be spent. 
 
 The new law of 1893 was an improvement. Instead 
 of thirteen men, all the principalia were allowed to 
 choose the head of the town. This head was now called 
 the capitan municipal. Four tenientes, or lieutenants, 
 were elected to assist him in his dutios. But there were 
 not many who belonged to the principalia. To be a 
 principal a man must have been a cabeza de barangay, 
 capitan-municipalj tcniente, or rich enough to pay an 
 annual land tax of fifty dollars. These ipen. elected from 
 themselves twelve delegates. The delegates chose the 
 capitan and his four assistants. Some things were 
 decided by this Council of five alone; others by the 
 Council and the delegates together. The capitan was 
 not obliged to follow their advice. 
 
 Small as this increase of the power of the people was, it 
 taught them a little about self-government. 
 
 Progress in Education. — During this period the 
 schools were slowly becoming secular instead of religious. 
 The power to control the schools was passing from the 
 hands of the fiiar to that of the Filipino officials. At 
 first the schools were not so well managed in some ways 
 as before. It requires great education and experience to 
 conduct schools wisely. The officials of the government 
 were not so well qualified to teach as the friars, and had 
 
PEACE AND PEOGRESS 191 
 
 not always the same interest in the schools, But it was 
 better that the Filipinos should learn to have a share in 
 the conduct of their schools. The things that a people 
 learns to do for itself are worth the most to it. The 
 American government is making ever}^ possible effort to 
 train the Filipinos to carry on their system of education 
 by their own efforts. They are put into positions of 
 importance in the schools as fast as their ability improves. 
 It is only just to say that they are making rapid progress 
 in the knowledge of what makes a good school, and of 
 proper methods of teaching. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. How was peace sustained from 1872 to 1896? 
 
 2. Why had the Filipinos lost faith in Spain? 
 
 3. Mention six things that improved commerce. 
 
 4. Write a sliort composition on the influence of steam 
 
 navigation on commerce. 
 
 5. Why did the Spanish port works fail? 
 
 6. What is the nature of tlie port works the American 
 
 government is building? 
 
 7. What were the advantages of ending the Tobacco 
 
 Monopoly ? 
 
 8. What was the old method of electing the gohernadorcUlo ? 
 
 9. Describe the municipal law of 1893. 
 
 10. What was the effect of the secularization of the schools? 
 
l\)2 IIISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 THE LAST STEUGGLE AGAINST SPAIN. 
 
 New Leaders. — In most of the revolts that we have 
 studied, the ignorant classes were the actors. The leaders 
 were usually religious fanatics, or men who selfishly 
 deceived the people for their own gain. Such men knew 
 nothing of the principles of republican government. Had 
 they succeeded in their plans the Filipinos would have 
 been the losers. Often their revolts were just, but they 
 were always poorly planned and feebly carried out. 
 
 In the entire history of the Philippines up to 1896, the 
 power of Spain was never in real danger of destruction 
 from revolution. But in the years since the Cavite 
 insurrection a new class of men had joined the struggle 
 for freedom. The educated, the rich, and the powerful 
 were secretly enrolled under the banner of rebellion. 
 
 The Secret Societies. — In many places secret societies 
 were formed to teach and prepare for revolution. Blood 
 compacts were made, and solemn oaths taken to fight for 
 the liberty of the Filipinos. The best known of these 
 societies was the Katiptman. The founder and director of 
 this was Andres Bonifacio. Its object was " to redeem the 
 Philippines from its tyrants, the friars, and to found a 
 communistic republic ". The members of The Katipimaii 
 were nearly all Tagalogs. They believed themselves to 
 be patriots. Cruel and wicked deeds have often been 
 done under the name of liberty, and the methods of the 
 
THE LAST STRUGGLE 193 
 
 Kati'punan were not those of honorable foes. No people 
 ever fought its way to freedom by assassination and 
 massacre. The first blood shed by the hatipimeros was 
 that of that some helpless Chinese in Caloocan, who had 
 nothing to do with the wrongs from which the Filipinos 
 suffered. The cause of freedom is so high and holy that 
 even those who seek it by secret revolution should fight 
 like honorable men. 
 
 Jose Rizal. — Eizal, whom so many Filipinos love to 
 honor, was a man of a different sort from Andres Bonifa- 
 cio. He was born at Calamba, on the south shore of 
 Laguna de Bay. From early youth he was a brilliant 
 scholar. He obtained his bachelor's degree at the Ateneo 
 Mtmicipaly of Manila. Then he studied medicine at the 
 University of Santo Tomas. After this he went to Spain 
 and graduated at the University of Madrid. Later he 
 studied and travelled in France, Germany and other 
 parts of Europe. Kizal was a fine linguist and a good 
 physician. He wrote two novels against the friars, ** Noli 
 me Tangere " and " El Filihusterismo ". He began life 
 as a devout Catholic and a lover of Spain. As he grew 
 in knowledge he turned against both the fi'iars and the 
 government. 
 
 Calamba Lands Trouble.— Eizal's family lived on 
 lands held by the Dominicans, in Calamba. His people, 
 with others, believed that the friars did not possess a good 
 title to this land. They were defeated in the courts of law 
 by the friars. Govei-nor Weyler sent soldiers who drove 
 the Filipinos from the lands, burning some of their houses. 
 This event fanned the flame of insurrection. 
 
194 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Banishment of Rizal.— Kizal returned to Manila 
 from Hong Kong in 1892. It was said by the Spanish 
 authorities that seditious papers were found in his trunk. 
 He was therefore banished to Dapitan, in northern 
 Mindanao, where he lived four years. 
 
 Meantime the plot of the Katlpunan was ripening. 
 Valenzuela, one of the leaders, visited Rizal at Dapitan. 
 Eizal advised him not to begin the insurrection at that 
 time. He did not think the Filipinos were prepared to 
 win the battle. He understood that it was better to try 
 to secure reforms before using force. 
 
 Death of Rizal. — Wearied with his lonely life in Da- 
 pitan, Rizal asked permission to go to Cuba as an army 
 doctor to the Spanish forces then fighting against the 
 Cuban rebels. Governor General Blanco granted this 
 request. Rizal received from him letters of recommenda- 
 tion to the authorities in Spain, saying that he was not 
 connected with the insurrection which had just broken 
 out. 
 
 The friars did not desire to have Rizal free. They 
 cabled to Spain, and on his arrival there he was imprison- 
 ed, and then sent back to the Philippines. A new 
 governor, Polavieja, was in power. Rizal was tried by a 
 court-martial for " sedition and rebellion ", and condemned 
 to die. He was shot on the Luneta, Manila, at six in the 
 morning, December 30th, 1896. A favorite saying of his 
 his was: "What is death to me? I have sown the 
 seed ; others are left to reap." 
 
 Discovery of the Plot.— During Rizal's captivity the 
 secret societies had completed their plans for revolution. 
 
THE LAST STRUGGLE 195 
 
 The night set for the attack was August 20, 1896. At the 
 last moment a woman betrayed the plot to Father Gil, of 
 Tondo. The prisons were soon crowded with suspected 
 persons. The leaders of the revolution fled from the city 
 and prepared to begin the rebellion. 
 
 There were only seven hundred European troops in 
 in Manila. Blanco at once telegraphed for more. After 
 that every steamer brought soldiers. Within a few months 
 there were ten thousand Spanish soldiers in the Islands. 
 
 The Rise of Aguinaldo. — The insurrection soon cen- 
 tered in Cavite, at Silan, among the mountains. Emilio 
 Aguinaldo, former capitaii-municipal of the town of 
 Cavite Viejo, soon became the leader. It is said that he 
 caused Bonifacio to be shot that he might become the 
 chief. August 31, Aguinaldo issued the first rebel pro- 
 clamation. 
 
 The rebels took possession of the friars' estate at Imus, 
 fourteen miles south of Manila. Here they captured 
 thirteen friars. Some of these were slowly cut to pieces, 
 or burned alive. The whole province of Cavite, except 
 the town of Cavite, was in the power of the insurgents 
 for several months. At Noveleta trenches were made, 
 and several attacks of the Spaniards were repulsed. 
 
 The Rebellion in the North. — In Pampanga and 
 Bulacan a mestizo, Llaneras, commanded. Whenever 
 the Filipinos were pursued by the Spanish troops they 
 retired to San Mateo or Angat, for refuge in the 
 mountains. By December thousands of men were 
 fighting on the. relel side. They were masters of the 
 provinces around Manila. 
 
196 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Campaign of Polavieja.—In December, 1896, the 
 new govenior-geDeral, Polavieja, took command. He 
 soon bad 28,000 troops ready for tbe field. His army 
 fougbt several battles with Aguinaldo's forces in Cavite. 
 Within three months the revolutionists were driven out 
 of Cavite. Their army was broken into small bands. 
 
 Spread of the Insurrection.— After Aguinaldo was 
 driven out of Cavite he joined Llaneras in the north. 
 The rebellion now spread to Zambales, Pangasinan, 
 Ilocos, Nueva Ecija and Tarlac. The country people 
 suffered terribly. Towns and crops were burned to make 
 the peaceful inhabitants join the insurrection. The 
 Filipinos were robbed and ill-treated by their own people. 
 Many had become so dulled by oppression that they had 
 not the heart to fight against tyranny. The rebels felt 
 that these people were traitors. Therefore they treated 
 them harshly. 
 
 The Right to Revolt. — Those who claim the right 
 to revolt should remember that their neighbors have the 
 right to keep the peace. War should be carried on 
 against people in arms, not against those who wish to live 
 in peace. 
 
 The insurrection of 1896 was a Tagalog rebellion. 
 There were few who belonged to the Katipunan outside 
 of the Tagalog provinces. As the Tagalogs went among 
 other tribes they tried to make them join the rebel- 
 lion. Many did not wish to do this, yet they were 
 compelled to assist the revolutionists, under penalty 
 of death for refusing. Some cruel wrongs were com- 
 mitted by the rebels. People who did such things 
 
THE LAST STRUGGLE 197 
 
 would have been harsh rulers had they gained control of 
 the government. 
 
 Rivera's Campaign. — Early in 1897 Primo de Rivera 
 became governor. Spain at this time felt the burden of 
 supporting 200,000 soldiers in Cuba. The Filipino forces 
 v^ere also suffering from the hardships of war. Rivera 
 therefore tried to make peace. He offered pardon to all 
 who would surrender. Many Filipinos gave up the fight. 
 Others fought on desperately. 
 
 Rivera now continued the war with energy. General 
 Monet marched through Zambales and Pangasinan It 
 is said that he killed men, women and children, whether 
 guilty of rebellion or not. His native troops and even 
 some of the Spaniards deserted him by the time he reach- 
 ed Ilocos. 
 
 General Nunez succeeded in driving the rebels out of 
 Nueva ficija, though they fought very bravely. The 
 Spaniards suffered heavy losses. Their best soldiers were 
 in Cuba. The troops that fought the Filipinos were most- 
 ly boys. They were poorly fed and clad, and had little 
 knowledge of war. 
 
 Katipunan Proclamation of 1897.— There were 
 still many bands of revolutionists. Rivera now issued a 
 proclamation forbidding any one to leave his town except 
 with a pass. Unfortunately the corrupt officials made the 
 Filipinos pay for these passes, and in other ways oppressed 
 them. Many went over to the rebels. 
 
 The Katipunan in July published an answer to this 
 proclamation. This document, addressed " to the brave 
 sons of the Philippines ", demanded the expulsion of the 
 
198 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 friars, the restoration to the natives of the friars' lands, 
 and equality of treatment for all classes. The revolution- 
 ists did not at this time ask to be separated from Spain. 
 Many v^ished for independence, but the wisest knew that 
 the Filipinos were not yet strong enough to stand alone as 
 an independent nation. Yet a little later Aguinaldo said : 
 " We aspire to the glory of obtaining the liberty, independ- 
 ence and honor of the country." So the leaders were 
 divided against themselves. 
 
 Treaty of Biac-na-bato. — In August, 1897, Governor 
 Eivera sent Pedro Paterno to make peace with Aguinaldo. 
 The peace commissoner and the insurgent leader met in 
 Biac-na-bato, a rocky cave in Bulacan. Here a treaty 
 was made. It was agreed that the war should stop on 
 certain conditions. The Filipinos made the following 
 promises : 
 
 1. To give up their arms and forts. 
 
 2. To keep the peace for three years. 
 
 3. To send Aguinaldo and some other leaders out of the 
 
 country. 
 RiVEEA PROMISED *. 
 
 1. To expel the friars from the Philippines, or else cloister 
 
 them. 
 
 2. To give the Filipinos representation in the Cortes. 
 
 3. To judge Filipinos and Spaniards by the same laws, and 
 
 give Filipinos high places in the civil government. 
 
 4. To pay the rebels 600,000 pesos for their arms and 
 
 supplies of \Yar, and for the support of the leaders 
 while they were absent from the Philippines. A 
 further sum was promised to replace the losses of 
 private persons. 
 
THE LAST STRUGGLE 199 
 
 Departure of Aguinaldo.— On the 27th of Decem- 
 ber, 1897, Aguinalilo and thirty -four other rebel leaders 
 left the Philippines for Hong Kong. They received 
 $400,000 Mexican, and the promise of more when the 
 other conditions of the treaty should be fulfilled by the 
 Filipinos. 
 
 .Broken Promises. — There was great joy in Manila 
 over the peace. The Fihpinos believed that they had at 
 length obtained what so many of their countrymen had 
 fought and died to win. Their joy was soon turned into 
 sorrow. They now began to see that the Spaniards did 
 not intend to keep the promises they had made. Some of 
 the rebels who had surrendered were executed. The 
 promised money was not fully or promptly paid. The 
 friars tried to destroy this treaty. Had it been kept, their 
 long reign of power in the Philippines would have been 
 at an end. 
 
 Eivera, confident that the Filipinos could no longer 
 resist, sent seven thousand of his soldiers back to Spain. 
 There was no sign that he intended to grant the promised 
 reforms. Keally he had no power to send the friars from 
 the country without authority from the government of 
 Spain. It is certain that Spain never gave him this 
 power. Soon the Filipinos believed that they had been 
 tricked. 
 
 Renewal of the Insurrection.— At this time seventy 
 Visayan sailors were massacred in Calle de Camha, Manila, 
 by Spanish soldiers. A few days later five thousand 
 natives attacked the city of Cebii. Other outbreaks follow- 
 ed in Zambales, Pampanga and Pangasinan. The 
 
200 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 Filipinos began a new effort to compel their harsh 
 masters to treat them justly. 
 
 Meantime great events were happening on the other 
 side of the globe. A country whose people hardly knew 
 where the Philippines were was preparing to break the 
 rule of Spain in these Islands. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. What sort of men were the leaders of the insurrection of 
 
 1896? 
 
 2. What was the object of the Katipunan f 
 
 3. What can you say of its methods? 
 
 4. Write a short life of Rizal. 
 
 5. What was the advice of Rizal to Valenzuela ? 
 
 6. What was the effect of the death of Rizal ? 
 
 7. Where were the first successes of the rebels ? 
 
 8. What was the difference between the campaigns of 
 
 Blanco and Polavieja? 
 
 9. Is it right to compel tlio peaceful to fight? 
 
 10. How did the revolutionists treat their own people? 
 
 11. What were the demands of the Katipwian proclamation 
 
 of 1897? 
 
 12. What division was there among the leaders? 
 
 13. Give the terms of the treaty of Biac-i\a-hal6. 
 
 14. Why were the promises of this treaty not kept ? 
 
 15. Where, and why did the insurrection break out again ? 
 
COMING OF THE AMEBICANS 201 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 THE COMING OF THE AMERICANS. 
 
 Cuba and the United States.~-For many years the 
 United States had watched the rule of Spain in Cuba. 
 This fertile and beautiful island lies 'but a day's sail 
 from the shores of the Great Republic. More than 
 $50,000,000 of American money was invested in the 
 industries of Cuba. Many Cubans were living and 
 working in the United States. Therefore the Americans 
 felt a great interest in the prosperity of the people of that 
 island. 
 
 The Cuban Rebellion.— -In 1895 the last of naany 
 Cuban rebellions against Spain began. The trade of the 
 United States suffered greatly. At great expense the 
 coast was watched by wai-ships to keep the Cubans from 
 bringing arms and ammunition from the United States 
 to Cuba. 
 
 General Weyler, who was governor of the Philippines 
 from 1888 to 1891, was in command of the Spanish 
 troops in Cuba. He forced the peaceful people from their 
 homes in the country, and crowded them together in 
 filthy camps where they had not enough to eat. Tens 
 of thousands of innocent people dfed of'hunger and disease. 
 The people of the United States in 1897 sent ship-loads 
 of food and medicine to the starving Cubans. 
 
 Destruction of the '' Maine".— The U. S. battleship 
 " Maine " was lying peacefully at anchor in Havana 
 
202 HISTORY 0¥ THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 harbor. February 15, 1898, she was blown up, and 266 
 of her crew were killed. It was belived in America that 
 this was done by the explosion of a Spanish submarine 
 mine. No one has ever discovered who did it. The 
 destruction of the " Maine " was not the cause of the war 
 between the United States and Spain. But it awakened 
 the American people to the terrible strife in Cuba, and 
 made them resolve to end it. 
 
 The President and Congress. ~A careful examination 
 of the condition of the people of Cuba was made by the 
 American authorities. Then President McKinley sent 
 the following message to the Congress of the United 
 States : "In the name of humanity, in the name of 
 civilization, in behalf of endangered American interests 
 which give us the right and duty to speak and act, the 
 war in Cuba must stop." 
 
 Congress then said : " The people of Cuba are, and of 
 right ought to be, free and independent.'* The President 
 was instructed to ask Spain to free Cuba, or to face war 
 with the United States. Spain refused to free Cuba, and 
 war between Spain and the United States began April 
 21, 1898. The purpose of this war was to make an 
 independent republic of Cuba. That purpose was ac- 
 complished. Cuba is now free. 
 
 The Battle of Manila Bay. -When the war began, 
 Commodore Dewey was at Hong Kong with several 
 American warships. When two nations go to war each 
 attacks the other in every place where the ships or soldiers 
 of the enemy are to be found. So the President ordered 
 Dewey to "capture or destroy" the Spanish fleet at 
 
COMING OF THE AMEEICANS 203 
 
 Manila. With six ships of war Dewey steamed past 
 Corregidor Island, Manila Bay, May 1, 1898. : Within a 
 few hours he destroyed ten Spanish ships near Cavite. 
 Six hundred Spaniards were killed, but no Americans. 
 This brilliant and easy victory altered the history of the 
 Phihppines and the United States. 
 
 Effect in Manila of Dewey's Victory. — When the 
 inhabitants of Manila saw how easily the Spanish fleet was 
 destroyed, the city was filled with terror. Many fled to 
 the provinces or Hong Kong. The governor- general, 
 Basilio Agustin, and the Archbishop, Nozaleda, published 
 proclamations asking the Filipinos to help Spain. They 
 told the FiHpinos that the Americans would take away 
 their religion and enslave them. They knew these things 
 were not true. Bat it was impossible to deceive the 
 -Filipinos longer. The broken promises of Biac-na-hato 
 were fresh in their minds. 
 
 In the past when Spain wanted the aid of the Filipinos 
 against Holland, England or Germany she called the Fii- 
 ipln^" brothers "and *' Spaniards ". When there was 
 no more war she called them " buffaloes " or " savages ". 
 There had been a great change since 1762. At that time 
 the Filipinos fought hard to drive away the British. 
 Now they did not listen to tlie tales of the governor and 
 the archbishop. 
 
 Renewal of the Insurrection.— The revolution 
 against Spain now broke out again. Adiiiral Dewey 
 allowed Aguinaldo to return from Hong Kong, and 
 assisted him to secure arms. At that time the Filipinos 
 were glad to see the Americans. 
 
204 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 The proclamation of the Hong Kong jimta of Filipinos, 
 May, 1898, said : '' Let us all fight together ; let us 
 support the avenging and humane action of the United 
 States. Let us learn by accepting her advice and rules 
 how to live in order, peace and liberty." Aguinaldo said : 
 '* Wherever you see the American flag, there flock in 
 numbers ; they are our redeemers." 
 
 Why Dewey Remained ia the Philippines.— After 
 Dewey had destroyed the Spanish fleet, he might have 
 sailed away. He had not come to the Philippines to con- 
 quer them. Why, then, did he stay ? There were at 
 least three reasons : 
 
 (1) There was a Spanish army in Manila. He had 
 to blockade Manila to keep that army from escaping. 
 He n:iight have bombarded the city, and compelled an 
 immediate surrender, but he did not desire to injure the 
 innocent. Therefore he awaited the arrival of troops from 
 America. 
 
 (2) He feared the insurgents would capture the city 
 and massacre the Spanish inhabitants. This would have 
 been a disgrace both to the Americans and the Filipinos. 
 Therefore he remained to prevent this. 
 
 (3) At that time it was not known how weak the 
 power of Spain was. Therefore it was decided to send 
 troops to the Philippines to capture Manila. The purpose 
 of this was not conquest, but to hasten the close of the 
 war with Spain. Dewey stayed to assist in this. 
 
 Aguinaldo Dictator. —While American soldiers were 
 crossing the Pacific to take Manila, Aguinaldo proclaimed 
 himself Dictator. His forces fought many successful bat- 
 
COMING OF THE AMERICANS 205 
 
 ties with the Spaniards. Manila was closely surrounded 
 by the insurgents. Many pro\ances fell into their power. 
 The government of Aguinaldo made laws and collected 
 taxes in these provinces. 
 
 The Revolutionary Government.— In June, 1898, 
 Aguinaldo called a congress at Ca\ite to form a govern- 
 ment. June 23 the Constitution of the ** Kevolutionary 
 Government " was proclaimed. Aguinaldo was chosen 
 President of the new government. Its object was, " To 
 struggle for the independence of the Philippines, and to 
 prepare the country for the establishment of a real 
 republic '\ 
 
 In August an appeal was sent to the great nations of 
 the world asking them to recognize the independence of 
 the Philippines. No answer was received from any 
 nation. 
 
 The Taking of Manila. — Ten thousand American 
 soldiers had now reached the Phihppines. August 
 13, 1898, the American army attacked and entered 
 Manila. Very few Americans were killed and wounded 
 in this attack. The Spanish fought only to save their 
 honor, not with the hope of keeping the Americans out of 
 the city. Fifteen thousand Fihpino troops were at hand 
 ready to assist. Their aid was not accepted, because it 
 was not necessary. 
 
 Captain General Agustin fled in a German ship-of-war 
 before the city was captured. General Fermin Jaudenes, 
 the last Spanish governor-general of the Philippines, sur- 
 rendered the city. Spain's power in the Philippines was 
 forever ended. The Stars and Stripes floated from 
 
206 HISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 old Fort Santiago. Tne Philippine Archipelago was 
 surrendered to the United States of America. 
 
 The Treaty of Paris. — The day before Manila was 
 taken a protocol of peace was signed between the United 
 States and Spain. News of this did not reach Manila till 
 after the city was captured. American and Spanish com- 
 missioners met in Paris and for several months talked 
 about the terms of peace. It was difficult to decide what 
 to do about the Philippines. Spain did not wish to 
 give them up. Yet her power there had been broken 
 by America. But the purpose of America was not 
 conquest. America was not seeking more glory or new 
 lands. Yet she decided to take the Philippines from 
 Spain. By the treaty signed in Paris, December 10, 1898, 
 Spain gave the Philippines to America. The United States 
 paid Spain $20,000,000 gold. This was not to purchase 
 the Islands, Spain would not have sold them for many 
 times that sum. The money was paid as a free gift, to 
 hasten peace, and to prove the generosity of America. 
 
 Even then it was not decided by the people of the 
 United States to keep the Philippines and establish Ameri- 
 can government there. The Americans knew very little 
 about these Islands. Most of them thought that the 
 Philippines were like Cuba. With Cuba they were 
 acquainted. They believed her capable of self-govern- 
 nient. They vvere perfectly willii^g to allow the Filipinos 
 also to govern themselves, if that were possible.'" It was 
 only after experience in the Philippines taught the United 
 States that this country was unhke Cuba that she w^ith- 
 held independence from the Filipinos. It is very im- 
 
COMING OF THE AMEEICANS 207 
 
 portant to understand why she treated these two Spanish 
 colonies diferently. 
 
 ftuestions and Topics. 
 
 1. Why was the United States interested in Cuba? 
 
 2. What losses did the Cuban rebellion cause the United 
 
 States ? 
 
 3. What was Weyler's method of warfare in Cuba ? 
 
 4. What was the condition of the Cuban people ? 
 
 5. What effect did the destruction of the " Maine " have in 
 
 America ? 
 
 6. What three reasons did McKinley give for stopping the 
 
 war between Spain and Cuba? 
 
 7. What kind of a government has Cuba now ? 
 
 8. Why did the Filipinos not believe the proclamations of 
 
 Agustin and Nozaleda ? 
 
 9. How did the Filipinos receive the Americans at first? 
 
 10. Give the reasons why Dewey remained in the Philip- 
 
 pines ? 
 
 11. What progress did Aguinaldo make while the American 
 
 army was crossing the Pacific ? 
 
 12. What was the aim of the " Revolutionary Government " ? 
 
 13. Wliat did the Treaty of Paris decide about the 
 
 Philippines? 
 
 14. AVh at did the people of the United States think about 
 
 the Philippines at first ? 
 
208 IIISTOEY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XXYII. 
 
 MONARCHY OR REPUBLIC. 
 
 The ESeet of Distance. — Cuba was near the United 
 States; the Philippines were on the other side of 
 the globe. Many great events of history are decided by 
 the geographical position of countries. It was easy for 
 the United States to protect Cuba. Long before any 
 European nation could send soldiers across the sea, the 
 United States could place an army in Cuba. But Manila 
 Bay was dotted with the warships of several nations 
 when Dewey defeated the Spanish fleet. All the great 
 European nations have lands in Asia, and want more. 
 Had the United States left the Philippines free some of 
 these nations would have seized the Islands. Yet unless 
 the United States raised her flag here she could not have 
 forbidden other nations to take the Phihppines. Had she 
 done so she must have fought a terrible war. 
 
 Monarchy or Republic. — The German a,dmiral and 
 his officers were friends of Spain. They dined with the 
 Spanish officers in Manila during the siege, and showed 
 them many courtesies. Germany and all the other 
 powers that might have seized the Philippines are 
 monarchies. The United States is a republic. It believes 
 its government is the best and freest on earth. It fought 
 to get that kind of a government for Cuba. It could not 
 
MONAECHY OB EEPUBLIC 209 
 
 honorably allow any other kind of government to be 
 established in the Philippines. 
 
 If no other nation had taken the Philippines, Spain 
 would have reconquered them. AVhen her large army 
 returned from Cuba she would have sent it to the Philip- 
 pines. Then the sufferings of the Filipinos would have 
 been worse than before The United States could not 
 consent to this. 
 
 A Filipino Republic Impossible. — The best of all 
 reasons why the United States did not assist the Filipinos 
 to form and maintain an independent republic was 
 because she did not believe the Filipinos were ready for 
 self-government. The people of Cuba are not superior to 
 those of the Philippines. The Filipinos are as good and 
 as intelligent as the Cubans, but they are not so united. 
 There must be unity among a people who would found 
 a republic. The people of Cuba spoke one language; 
 they lived on one island ; they had the same religion ; they 
 had never fought each other ; they were united. It was 
 different in the Philippines. 
 
 In the Philippines there are many tiibes on many 
 islands, with different languages, customs and religions. 
 Some of these tribes have hated and fought each other for 
 centuries. If the United States had left the Philippines 
 to form a government of its own, the Moros would have 
 become pirates again. They did this in Mindanao be- 
 tween the end of Spanish and the beginning of American 
 rule. The Igorrotes would have attacked the people on 
 the coast. The Tagalogs, the Visayans, the Ilocanos, 
 the Bicols, would each have wished to rule their own part 
 
210 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 of the Islands. No tribe would have consented to be 
 ruled by any other, except at the sword's point. 
 
 Unity First Necessary. — People of the same blood, 
 language and religion are often torn apart by civil war. 
 How could people of a hundred different tongues living on 
 hundreds of scattered islands remain at peace? When 
 will the Macabebe love the Tagalog, or the Moro the 
 Christian? 
 
 Some day the Filipinos will all knov/ the same language 
 and possess the same education. Railroads will help unite 
 the people. Business, travel, and marriage will make 
 friends of Filipinos who now distrust each other. Perhaps 
 an independent FiHpino repubhc will then be possible. 
 There are many intelligent Filipinos who know it is now 
 impossible. There is no country in the world where so 
 many different peoples, with different customs and 
 religions, live in peace under a government of their own. 
 
 The Insurrection Against the Americans.— In 
 the fall of 1898 Aguinaldo established the capital of the 
 Revolutionary Government at Malolos. He sent an ex- 
 pedition to conquer Panay. Most of Luzon was in his 
 power. His intention to establish an independent govern- 
 ment and to resist America was plain. A young and 
 ambitious leader does not always think of the good of the 
 people. His treatment of Bonifacio and Luna show that 
 he had the heart of a tyrant. 
 
 The American army allowed the Revolutionary Govern- 
 ment to live because the Treaty of Paris was not finished. 
 It was not yet settled that America should keep the Philip- 
 pines. Therefore it did not interfere with Aguinaldo., 
 
MONABCHY OE REPQBLIO 211 
 
 February 4, 1899, war began between the forcer! of the 
 Eevolution and of the United States. Every Fihpino and 
 every American should regret that war. There was much 
 true patriotism and bravery on the side of the insurgents. 
 There were some among them whose sincerity and courage 
 Americans gladly honor. These brave men fought in a 
 mistaken and hopeless cause. 
 
 There were only two or three real battles in the war, 
 though there were two thousand small fights. The only 
 difficult task for the American army was to transport and 
 feed its soldiers. Aguinaldo and his fellow leaders had 
 failed to drive out the weak forces of Spain. It was ignor- 
 ance and folly for them to undertake to defeat America. 
 Thousands of thoughtful Filipinos now know that it was 
 mad ambition that caused the leaders of the Eevolution 
 to plunge their country into war. Many cruel and 
 uncivilized acts were done by the insurgent forces. The 
 Filipinos themselves suffered more at the hands of the 
 insurgents than did the American forces. It became 
 clear to the A.meincans that such leaders were not fit to 
 establish a true republic. Thus the selfish ambition of 
 Aguinaldo and his followers made it certain that America 
 would remain in the Philippines to estabhsh a just and 
 free government. 
 
 Martial Lfl.w.--F rom 1898 to 1901 t here was military 
 rule in the Philippines. The commanding general of the 
 army acted as governor. Besides fighting battles, the 
 army made and enforced all laws. It organized and 
 carried on the Custom House, the Post Office and other 
 public establishments, performing the duties of peace as 
 
212 HISTOKY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 well as of war. The army established the American 
 public school system in the Philippines. History does 
 not tell of any other army which waged war and taught 
 school at the same time. Yet in this case army officers 
 became superintendents of schools, and soldiers became 
 teachers. 
 
 Military rule is hard to bear. Changes in goverrmient 
 are made slowly in time of peace, under civil rule. 
 Under martial law the customs and wishes of the people 
 have little weight. What the general thinks is best for the 
 country must be done at once. It was a great trial to 
 the patience of the Filipinos to see old laws and customs 
 changed so rapidly. But methods of government in the 
 Philippines were in great need of change. The rule of 
 the military made quick reforms possible. Methods of 
 government advanced a century in the Philippines during 
 the four years of American military rule. 
 
 Questions and Topics. 
 
 1. What effect did distance have on the policy of the 
 
 United States toward the Philippines? 
 
 2. What nation seemed most anxious to seize the the Philip- 
 
 pines ? 
 
 3. What was the chief reason why the United States did 
 
 not make the Philippines independent? 
 
 4. Name four differences between Cuba and the Philippines? 
 
 5. What are the things that make a people united ? 
 
 6. AVould you like to see the government of the Islands in 
 
 the hands of the people of another tribe than your 
 own? 
 
 7. What do you know of the character of Aguinaldo ? 
 
MONARCHY 0]l REPUBLIC 213 
 
 8. Why did the Americans allow the Revolutionary 
 
 Government at Malolos? 
 
 9. Mention some good motives of the insurgents. 
 
 10. How did they treat Filipinos who wished to remain at 
 
 peace ? 
 
 1 1 . How did the insurrection change the opinion of America? 
 
 12. What is martial law? 
 
 13. Why were three years of martial law useful? 
 
214 HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 CHAPTER XXYIII. 
 
 THE FIRST AMERICAN CIVIL GOVERNOR. 
 
 William H. Taft Governor (1901-1804).— July 4, 
 1901, the Hon. William H. Taft became the first American 
 civil governor of the Philippines. He held office till 
 February 1, 1904. Then he became Secretary of War 
 for the United States. The United States governs the 
 Philippines through the Bureau of Insular Affairs of the 
 War Department. Therefore Governor Taft still directed 
 the government of the Philippines from Washington. 
 
 More than one hundred different men have filled the 
 chair of governor of the Philippine Islands. None ever 
 did more for the Filipinos than Governor Taft. An 
 entirely new system of government was created for the 
 Islands. A thousand laws were made. Unlike many 
 laws in the past, these were enforced. They were not 
 made to fill the coffers of king or encomeudero. They 
 provided peace, protection, justice, education and industrial 
 prosperity for the Filipinos. It will be well to study the 
 principles of government followed during Mr. Taft's 
 governorship. 
 
 Tlie Policy of MeKinley.— President McKinley 
 marked out the path of American rule in the Philippines. 
 What he said was and is the wish of the American people 
 for the Filipinos. At the beginning of America's occupation 
 of the Philippines he said to General Otis and Admiral 
 
FIEST AMERICAN GOVERNOR 215 
 
 Bewey: "We want to improve the conditiou of the 
 inhabitants, securing thejn peace, Hbert}- and the pursuit 
 of their highest good". He told the first Philippine 
 Commission to have "due respect for «>11 the ideas, 
 customs and institutions of the tribes which compose the 
 population". This commission said : " The aim and 
 object of the American Government is the prosperity and 
 happiness of the Philippine people and their elevation 
 and advancement to a position among the most civiKzed 
 people of the world." Prosperity, happiness and a high 
 civilization are the very things for which the Filipino 
 revolutionists fought. Under the direction of Governor 
 Taft the Filipinos have made more rapid progress toward 
 this goal than ever before. 
 
 The "Philippines for the Filipinos".— Governor 
 Taft has said that the policy of McKinley means "The 
 Philippines for the Filipinos". His rule was an attempt 
 to carry out this motto. His explanation of these words 
 is that every law made for these Islands must be for " the 
 welfare of the Filipino people". Governor Taft and the 
 Philippine Commission, under the direction of the Govern- 
 m.ent at Washington, have worked for four great ends : 
 
 (1) To keep the natural riches of the Islands for the 
 Filipinos. There are millions of acres of uncultivated 
 public lands in the Philippines. Foreigners are not to be 
 allowed to take immense tracts of this land. It is to be 
 divided into small farms for Fihpinos. The land laws, 
 the forestry law^s, the mining laws, are all made for the 
 benefit of the Filipino. He is to have the first share of 
 the riches of his father-land. To encourage the Filipino 
 
216 niSTOBY OF THE PIIILirPINES 
 
 farmer to own his land the Government has arranged to 
 buy the great estates of the friars. They own half a 
 million acres of the best lands in the Islands. The grief 
 and strife which these lands have caused will now end- 
 The government will pay more than $7,000,000 gold for 
 this property. It will be divided into many small farms 
 which the Filipino farmer may purchase little by little 
 for sums about equal to what he used to pay as rent. 
 In a few years a generation will grow up which will own 
 its native soil, and live upon it in peace. 
 
 (2) To give governiiie^it positions to Filipinos as fast 
 as fit persons can he found for this service. More Filipi- 
 nos than Americans are holding positions as government 
 officials. Son:ie of these positions are among the highest 
 in the land. Several of the Philippine Commissioners 
 are Filipinos, as are also the chief justice of the Supreme 
 Court and several of his associates. 
 
 Modern government needs highly trained officials. 
 Besides an education in the schools, a high official must 
 have years of practice in order to learn the business of 
 these high offices. As fast as this training can be given, 
 more and higher positions are opened to FiHpinos. 
 
 (3) To allow the Filipinos as much self-government 
 as possible. Under the liberal rule of Governor Taft the 
 Fihpino people were granted the power of choosing their 
 own municipal officers. Most of the provincial officials 
 also are Filipinos. With a very few exceptions the 
 governors of the provinces are Filipinos. 
 
 (4) To give speedy and cqnal justice to all classes. 
 Nothing is more important than this. Formerly it took 
 
o 
 o 
 
FIEST AMEEICAN GOVEENOR 217 
 
 many years in some cases to secure jastice. Now the 
 judges often settle scores of cases in one week. The poor 
 man is heard as quickly as the rich. Men used to be 
 kept years in jail before they were tried. Now there are 
 able judges who hear quickly any complaint. In some 
 towns there were separate courts for Filipinos and for- 
 eigners. Now all races are heard before the same judges 
 and tried by the same laws. 
 
 The Educational System. — Thus four gates of op- 
 portunity are opened to the Filipino. It has been made 
 easy for him to acquire land, to get a government position, 
 to govern himself, and to secure justice. In order to 
 train Filipinos to use these privileges a system of public 
 schools was estabhshed. In 1904 nearly one thousand 
 American and three thousand Filipino teachers were 
 preparing the Filipinos to use the freedom and opportunity 
 that America brought to these Islands. Two hundred 
 thousand children were attending the public schools of 
 the Philippines. High schools had been established in 
 nearly every province. Qh^l^u^ a£l^i.^yi^ V- ^^^^g S^ 
 
 Filipino Students in America —In October, lOOSp""^ 
 one hundred Filipino students sailed from Manila for Amer- T^^^ 
 ica. These students were selected from all parts of the 
 Philippines. They represented all the civilized races of the 
 Islands. When they met upon the steamer the only lan- 
 guage that all of them knew was English. This tie of lan- 
 guage and their common education and aims bound them 
 together as no other bond has ever united Filipinos of 
 different islands and tongues. They were the first division 
 of a young and noble army of Filipinos who will bring to 
 
218 HISTOBY OF THE PHILIPPINES 
 
 their father-land a knowledge of principles which have 
 placed the United States of America in the front rank of 
 great nations. These boys will spend four years in the 
 schools of America. They were chosen for their scholar- 
 ship and character. They were not selected by favor 
 because their parents were rich and influential. Many of 
 them were poor boys. This is trae freedom — the freedom 
 to win place and power by one's own work and fidelity. 
 
 Agriculture, Industry and Commerce. — The same 
 wise policy that in so few years gave justice, education 
 and equal opportunity to the Filipino did much for the 
 farmer and the merchant. Before and during the 
 governorship of Mr, Taft the Philippines suffered from 
 war, famine and pestilence. Deadly diseases struck down 
 man and beast ; the locusts destroyed the crops, and the 
 rains refused to fall. It was difficult to tight such 
 enemies, but much was accomplished. Hundreds of 
 miles of good roads were made. Cattle were brought 
 from other countries to plough the idle fields. War was 
 waged against the locusts. Disease in man and beast 
 was fought by an army of doctors. The forests and 
 plants were studied. New seeds were tried, and better 
 methods of cultivation were shown. 
 
 The commerce of the Philippines became greater than 
 ever before. The revenues of the government greatly in- 
 creased. The plans begun by Governor Taft looked to 
 the future. His time was spent in laying foundations. 
 Only the future will show how well that task was done. 
 
 Governor Wright and the Future The place left 
 
 vacant by Governor Taft was filled by General Luke E. 
 
FIRST AMERICAN GOVERNOR 219 
 
 Wright. He brought to his position the wisdom gathered 
 from high positions in America and the PhiHppines. His 
 rule began with the declaration that the principles which 
 America has so far followed in the Philippines would be 
 continued. 
 
 History while it tells of the past points to the future. 
 That future is bright for the Philippines. She has had 
 her infancy of barbarism, her youth of servitude. Now 
 she is entering on her manhood of strength, liberty and 
 progress. America has promised to lead her to a high 
 goal. Wisdom and patience are needed ; for in the 
 Philippines the East and the West meet. Their ways in 
 the past have not been alike. Each, Filipino and 
 American, should try to understand and help the other. 
 Filipinos should take for their motto the words of 
 Governor Wright : " There is room in these beautiful 
 and fertile Islands for all. The door of equal opportunity 
 should be thrown wide open for all alike — European, 
 American and Filipino." 
 
 THE END. 
 
THIS BOOK IS atJE ON THE XAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 w.'l'u i.^™,„^^OF 25 CENTS 
 
 TH.S BOOK In THE DAt/;^"-""^ ^° """"N 
 W.UL. .NCREASE TO so cLt^^o ^^ •°='^*'-^^ 
 DAY AND TO «i 00 o^i Jf °'' ^"^ "O^RTH 
 OVERDUE. '^"^ SEVENTH DAY 
 
 
794136 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY